ifm Flow Meters and Sensors - 2012 Brochure

fluid sensors
and diagnostic
systems
bus,
identification
and control systems
position
sensors
and object
recognition
20122012
Tel: +44 (0)191 490 1547
Fax: +44 (0)191 477 5371
Email: northernsales@thorneandderrick.co.uk
Website: www.heattracing.co.uk
www.thorneanderrick.co.uk

ifm – the company 6 - 7
General information 8 - 9
Standards and approvals / list of articles 10 - 22
Sensors for special applications 23 - 25
Inductive sensors 26 - 39
Capacitive sensors 40 - 44
Magnetic sensors 46 - 49
Cylinder sensors 50 - 55
Valve sensors 56 - 63
Photoelectric sensors 64 - 121
Object recognition 122 - 128
Encoders 130 - 137
Evaluation systems 138 - 143
Evaluation systems for safety and EX 144 - 152
Level sensors 154 - 165
Flow sensors 166 - 179
Pressure sensors 180 - 193
Temperature sensors 194 - 208
Diagnostic systems 210 - 215
Bus system AS-interface 216 - 231
Identification systems 232 - 246
Control systems for mobile vehicles 248 - 253
Power supplies 254 - 259
Connection technology 260 - 277
ifm – worldwide addresses 278 - 279

The company in your vicinity.
State-of-the-art communication.
With the right address – www.ifm.com – only a mouse click separates you from the
world of automation technology. See the power of our products in interactive
representations. Gain an impression with 3-dimension-al views of our units. Down-
load CAD drawings for direct integration in your applications. Or order online in
ifm’s e-shop - fast, convenient and reliable.
We are there for you.
Close contact with our customers is part of our success. Therefore we have
consistently developed our sales network right from the start. Today ifm electronic is
represented in more than 70 countries – close to you! With application advice and
service at the heart of our operation. For the introduction of new products and
technologies we support you with workshops and seminars in our training centres or
in your plant.
Security by success.
Since its foundation in 1969 ifm electronic has constantly grown, now having more
than 4300 employees worldwide, and achieved a turnover of more than EUR 470
million in 2010. This success gives you the security of having a reliable partner for the
implementation of your automation projects. Comprehensive service and a warranty
of up to 5 years on standard units are just two examples of this reliability.
2000 2010199019801970
100
0
200
300
400
500
salesdevelopmentinmillionEUR
Turnover
development
since 1970.
ifm – the company
6

branch office
trade partner
ifm – the company
7
A sign of innovation.
Not only components.
ifm stands for a large range of different sensors and systems for automation. Our
range of of more than 7,800 articles guarantees flexibility and compatibility. So there
is always a reliable solution for your automation projects – from the individual sensor
with practical accessories to the complete system.
Availability guaranteed.
Your deadlines matter to us. That is why we are constantly optimising our production
processes in order to be able to quickly and flexibly produce large quantities at a
constantly high quality – and to continue to shorten delivery times. Your order is
dispatched via our centralised logistics centre reliably and on time.
Quality as part of our philosophy.
The quality standard of our products is an integral part of our company philosophy.
And we guarantee it! So we provide you, the users, with a maximum degree of
security: By means of our own production technology, ifm film technology, as well as
by means of extensive quality assurance measures such as 100 % final testing.
By quality we understand, for example, ecologically conscious production – Made in
Germany!
The development
of innovative
products is one
of our core
competences.
Under the name of
i-step we have
come up with a
new product gene-
ration which
implements sophi-
sticated technolo-
gies in industrially
compatible and
easy to handle
products. From
high-quality stan-
dard solutions to
products specially
tailored to the
requirements of
the individual
industries – from
mobile machines
to the food
industry.

www.ifm.com
Information around the clock and
around the globe in 23 languages on the internet.
• Information
- product innovations
- company news
- exhibition info
- locations
- jobs
• Documentation
- data sheets
- operating instructions
- manuals
- approvals
- CAD data
• Communication*
- request for documents
- recall service
- live advice
- newsletter
• Selection
- interactive product selection aids
- configuration tools
- data sheet direct
• Animation
- virtual product animations
- flash movies (video sequences)
• Application
- applications
- product recommendations
- calculation aids
• Transaction*
- e-shop processing
- e-procurement catalogues
- B2B services
*Some offered information is available country-specific
General information
Product selectors and further information can be found at: www.ifm.com
8

General information
9
Convenient order processing
via the e-shop** on the internet.
Secured authentication
Customer-related price
indication
Real time availability check
Personal product favourites
Online parcel tracking
Individual order history
Convenient quick input form
Simple order processing
Management of shipping
addresses
Confirmations by e-mail
** Already available in many countries.

3A 3A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (3-A SSI) is an independent, not-for-profit corporation
dedicated to advancing hygienic equipment design for the food, beverage, and phar-
maceutical industries.
AS-i Actuator-Sensor Interface. Bus system for the first binary field level.
ATEX Atmosphère Explosible. ATEX comprises the directives of the European Union in the
field of explosion protection. On the one hand there is the 94/9/EC ATEX product
directive and on the other hand the 1999/92/EC ATEX operation directive.
CCC CCC (China Compulsory Certification) is a compulsory Chinese certification for cer-
tain products put on the market in China. Which products are concerned is specified
in a catalogue created by the Chinese authorities.
cCSAus Testing a product by CSA according to the safety standards applicable in Canada and
the USA.
CE Conformité Européenne. By affixing the CE marking to a product, the manufacturer
declares that it meets EU safety, health and environmental requirements.
cRUus Testing components by UL according to the safety standards applicable in Canada
and the USA. Components can be used when the “condition of acceptability” is
complied with for the final product.
CSA Canadian Standards Association. A non-governmental Canadian organisation that
sets standards and tests and certifies products for their reliability. By now it is active
worldwide.
cULus Testing components by UL according to the safety standards applicable in Canada
and the USA.
DIBt (WHG) Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (Federal Water Act). The Federal Water Act (WHG)
is the essential part of the German law relating to water . It contains provisions for
the protection and use of surface water and ground water and also regulations
about the expansion of waters, water planning and flood protection.
e1 Approval by the Kraftfahrt-Bundesamt (German Federal Motor Transport Authority).
The e1 type approval by the German Federal Motor Transport Authority certifies that
the units comply with the automotive standards. Units with this marking are allowed
to be mounted on vehicles without expiry of their operating permit.
EHEDG European Hygienic Engineering & Design Group. European supervisory authority for
food and drugs. This authority grants approvals for products and materials used in
the food and pharmaceutical industries.
FDA Food and Drug Administration. US-American supervisory authority for food and
drugs. This authority grants approvals for products and materials used in the food
and pharmaceutical industries.
Standards and approvals /
list of articles
10

FM Factory Mutual Research. A US-based insurance company that specializes in loss pre-
vention services in the property insurance market sector. They provide material rese-
arch, material testing and certifications in the field of fire and explosion protection.
PROFIBUS Process Field Bus. Fieldbus system for important data quantities. It is available in seve-
ral versions such as Profibus FMS, DP or PA. Profibus DP can be used over longer
distances, e.g. as fieldbus for AS-i.
TÜV Technischer Überwachungs Verein (technical inspection association). The German
TÜV is a private-sector body carrying out technical safety tests that are stipulated by
government laws or instructions.
UL Underwriters Laboratories. An organisation founded in the USA for testing and certi-
fying products and their safety.
list of articles
11

list of articles
12
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
AC003S CE, CUL 222
AC004S CE, CUL 222
AC005S CE, CUL 222
AC006S CE 222
AC007S CE, CUL 222
AC009S CE, CRUUS 222
AC010S CE, CUL 222
AC030S CE, CUL 222
AC031S CE, CUL 222
AC032S CE, CUL 222
AC1154 CE 224
AC1209 CE, CUL 218
AC1212 CE, CUL 218
AC1218 CE, CRUUS 218
AC1318 CE, CUL 218
AC1324 CE, CUL 218
AC1327 CE, CUL 218
AC1337 CE, CUL 218
AC1375 CE, CUL 218
AC1376 CE, CUL 218
AC1401 CE, CUL, Profinet 218
AC1402 CE, CUL, Profinet 218
AC2086 CE 220
AC2216 CE, CUL 219
AC2217 CE, CUL 219
AC2218 CE, CUL 219
AC2219 CE, CUL 219
AC2220 CE, CUL 219
AC2316 CE, CUL 221, 58
AC2317 CE, CUL 221, 59
AC2516 CE 220
AC2517 CE 220
AC2518 CE 220
AC2519 CE 220
AC2520 CE 220
AC2900 CE, CUL 220
AC2904 CE, CUL 220
AC2910 CE, CUL 220
AC2916 CE, CUL 221
AC4000 CE 224
AC4002 CE 224
AC5000 CUL 221
AC5003 CUL 221
AC5005 223
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
AC5031 221
AC5203 CE, CUL 219
AC5210 CE, CUL 219
AC5213 CE, CUL 219
AC5214 CE, CUL 219
AC5215 CE, CUL 219
AC5222 CE, CUL 220
AC5223 CE, CUL 220
AC5224 CE, CUL 220
AC5225 CE, CUL 220
AC5228 CE 221
AC5235 CE, CUL 220
AC5236 CE, CUL 220
AC5251 CE 221
AC5270 CE 221
ANT805 244
ANT810 244
ANT820 244
ANT830 244
ANT910 244
ANT930 244
DA101S CE, TuevNord 140
DD2003 CE, CUL 140
DD2004 CE, CUL 140
DI5001 CE 140
DI5003 CE 140
DI5009 CE 140
DI5011 CE 140
DI501A CE 141
DI502A CE 141
DI601A CE 141
DL2003 CE, CUL 141
DN0200 CE 256
DN1022 CE, CUL 256
DN1030 CE, CRUUS, CUL 256
DN1031 CE, CRUUS, CUL 256
DN2013 CE, CUL 256
DN2014 CE, CUL 256
DN2021 CE 256
DN2032 CE, CUL 257
DN2033 CE, CUL 257
DN2035 CE, CUL 257
DN2112 CE 256
DN2114 CE, CUL 256
DN2134 CE, CUL 257
DTA100 CE, CUL 223, 242
DTA101 CE, CUL 223, 242
DTA200 CE, CUL 223, 242
DTA201 CE, CUL 223, 242
DTA300 CE, CUL 223, 242

list of articles
(CCC) = CCC approval is not required
13
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
DTA301 CE, CUL 242
DTE800 CE 243
DTE900 CE 243
E10013 264
E10137 264
E10221 35
E10661 60
E10730 225, 36
E10734 35
E10735 252, 35
E10736 142, 252, 35
E10737 142, 252, 35
E10749 48
E10752 48
E10754 48
E11030 43
E11036 43
E11037 43
E11043 264
E11047 252, 35
E11048 252, 35
E11049 252, 35
E11231 263
E11232 263
E11243 60
E11310 60
E11416 267
E11417 267
E11504 CRUUS 265
E11505 CRUUS 264
E11521 35
E11569 148
E11775 269
E11797 54
E11799 54
E11801 54
E11803 48
E11807 263
E11877 54
E11898 127, 238
E11900 61
E11912 54
E11913 54
E11950 263
E11975 53
E11976 53
E11977 53
E11978 53
E11979 53
E11980 54
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
E11981 54
E11982 54
E11989 61
E12042 61
E12043 61
E12090 127, 238
E12166 263
E12168 263
E12170 61
E12204 127
E12208 60
E12209 60
E12212 60
E17320 60
E17327 60
E17328 60
E1D100 87, 92
E20005 73
E20103 97
E20105 97
E20106 97
E20452 73
E20600 97
E20606 96
E20645 97
E20712 97
E20715 97
E20722 104, 86
E20737 86
E20744 104, 73
E20749 97
E20750 97
E20751 96
E20752 96
E20844 76
E20901 243
E20903 73
E20907 73
E20911 73
E20915 74
E20938 105, 237, 76
E20939 237
E20940 105, 237, 76
E20941 238
E20946 237
E20948 237
E20951 105, 77
E20953 73
E20954 73
E20956 73

list of articles
14
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
E20965 75
E20969 75
E20973 75, 86
E20975 86
E20976 86
E20984 75
E20988 86
E20989 85
E20990 85
E20991 85
E20992 85
E20993 85
E20994 86
E21015 74
E21056 74
E21057 74
E21076 238
E21079 87, 92
E21081 76
E21086 105, 75
E21087 105, 75
E21088 105, 75, 76
E21109 237
E21110 237, 76
E21112 237
E21113 237
E21115 73
E21116 76
E21120 76
E21133 87, 92
E21137 251
E21138 251
E21139 251
E21140 127
E21145 74
E21159 87, 92
E21165 126, 238
E21166 126, 238
E21168 126, 238
E21169 238
E21171 87, 92
E21172 126
E21204 76
E21206 74, 86
E21207 74, 86
E21208 76
E21209 77
E21216 76
E21220 86
E21223 105, 75
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
E21237 CE 74
E21238 CE 75
E21239 CE 75
E21240 CE 75
E21248 92
E2D106 126
E2D110 126, 237
E2D112 126, 237
E2D200 125
E2D400 125
E2D401 125
E2D402 125
E2I200 236
E2I210 236
E2I211 236
E2I212 237
E2I213 237
E30000 161, 188
E30006 188
E30007 161, 189
E30016 203
E30017 202
E30018 203
E30047 203
E30055 EHEDG 162, 205
E30056 EHEDG 162, 205
E30057 189
E30091 202
E30094 188, 203
E30112 213
E30115 213
E30122 EHEDG 161, 174
E30123 FDA 189
E30124 FDA 189
E30128 EHEDG, FDA 190, 204
E30132 213
E30393 EHEDG 202
E30396 CE 188
E30398 CE, CUL 188
E30399 161, 188
E30400 161, 188
E30401 161, 188
E30402 161, 188
E30403 EHEDG 202
E30407 203
E33201 EHEDG, FDA 162, 172
E33202 EHEDG, FDA 172, 189
E33208 EHEDG, FDA 189
E33209 EHEDG, FDA 189
E33211 EHEDG, FDA 173, 189

list of articles
15
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
E33212 EHEDG, FDA 161, 173
E33213 EHEDG, FDA 161, 173
E33221 EHEDG, FDA 173, 190
E33222 EHEDG, FDA 173, 190
E33242 FDA 174, 190
E33340 FDA 190
E33401 EHEDG 163, 204
E33402 EHEDG 163, 204
E33701 EHEDG, FDA 162, 173
E33702 EHEDG, FDA 173, 189
E33711 EHEDG, FDA 173, 190
E33712 EHEDG, FDA 162, 173
E33713 EHEDG, FDA 162, 173
E33721 EHEDG, FDA 173, 190
E33722 EHEDG, FDA 173, 190
E33731 EHEDG, FDA 173, 190
E33732 EHEDG, FDA 173, 190
E35010 202
E35020 202
E35030 202
E35050 202
E35220 202
E3D103 127
E3D200 127
E40096 172, 203
E40099 172, 203
E40101 172, 203
E40161 172
E40162 172
E40171 172
E40178 174
E40179 174
E40180 174
E40189 174
E40196 175
E40197 175
E40198 175
E40199 174
E40203 172
E40205 174
E40213 174
E40214 174
E40215 174
E40216 174
E40217 174
E43001 159
E43002 159
E43003 159
E43004 159
E43006 159
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
E43007 159
E43201 160
E43202 160
E43203 160
E43204 160
E43205 160
E43207 160
E43208 160
E43209 160
E43210 160
E43211 160
E43212 160
E43213 160
E43214 161
E43215 161
E43216 161
E43217 161
E43300 EHEDG 162, 204
E43301 EHEDG 162, 204
E43302 EHEDG 162
E43303 EHEDG 162
E43304 EHEDG 162, 204
E43305 EHEDG 162, 205
E43306 EHEDG 162, 205
E43307 EHEDG 163, 205
E43308 EHEDG 163, 205
E43910 160
E60033 135
E60035 135
E60036 135
E60064 135
E60066 135
E60067 135
E60111 136
E60112 136
E60117 135
E60118 135
E60121 135
E60137 136
E60138 136
E7001S 224
E70142 264
E70188 223
E70200 223
E70213 224
E70230 CRUUS 223
E70354 CUL 221
E70377 CUL 221
E7040S 224
E70413 224

list of articles
16
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
E70454 CUL 221
E70481 223
E73004 251
E80100 CE 142
E80102 CE 142
E80110 CE 142
E80301 224, 242
E80302 224, 242
E80304 224, 243
E80310 76
E80311 225, 242
E80312 225, 242
E80317 225, 242
E80318 225, 242
E80319 225, 243
E80320 225, 243
E80321 CE 225, 243
E80322 225, 243
E80323 CE 225, 243
E80330 244
E80331 244
E80340 245
E80350 244
E80351 244
E89150 CE 141
EBC014 CUL 268
EBC015 CUL 267
EBC018 CUL 268
EBC019 CUL 268
EBC022 CUL 268
EBC023 CUL 268
EBC026 CUL 268
EBC027 CUL 267
EBC030 CUL 268
EBC031 CUL 268
EBC034 CUL 268
EBC035 CUL 268
EC2080 213, 251
ENC01A 271
ENC02A 271
ENC03A 271
ENC04A 271
ENC05A 271
ENC06A 271
EVC001 CRUUS 263
EVC002 CRUUS 263
EVC003 CRUUS 263
EVC004 CRUUS 263
EVC005 CRUUS 263
EVC006 CRUUS 263
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
EVC010 CRUUS 266
EVC011 CRUUS 266
EVC012 CRUUS 266
EVC015 CRUUS 266
EVC016 CRUUS 266
EVC017 CRUUS 266
EVC025 CRUUS 266
EVC026 CRUUS 267
EVC027 CRUUS 267
EVC030 CRUUS 267
EVC031 CRUUS 267
EVC032 CRUUS 267
EVC040 CRUUS 266
EVC041 CRUUS 266
EVC042 CRUUS 266
EVC045 CRUUS 266
EVC046 CRUUS 266
EVC047 CRUUS 266
EVC076 CRUUS 264
EVC077 CRUUS 264
EVC078 CRUUS 264
EVC141 CRUUS 262
EVC142 CRUUS 262
EVC143 CRUUS 262
EVC144 CRUUS 262
EVC145 CRUUS 262
EVC146 CRUUS 262
EVC150 CRUUS 262
EVC151 CRUUS 262
EVC152 CRUUS 262
EVC153 CRUUS 262
EVC154 CRUUS 262
EVC155 CRUUS 262
EVC215 CRUUS 265
EVC216 CRUUS 265
EVC217 CRUUS 265
EVC230 CRUUS 265
EVC231 CRUUS 265
EVC232 CRUUS 265
EVC240 CRUUS 265
EVC241 CRUUS 265
EVC242 CRUUS 265
EVT001 CRUUS 269
EVT002 CRUUS 269
EVT004 CRUUS 269
EVT005 CRUUS 269
EVT010 CRUUS 269
EVT011 CRUUS 269
EVT013 CRUUS 269
EVT014 CRUUS 269

list of articles
17
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
EVT040 CRUUS 270
EVT041 CRUUS 270
EVT042 CRUUS 270
EVT043 CRUUS 270
EVT044 CRUUS 270
EVT045 CRUUS 270
EVT046 CRUUS 270
EVT047 CRUUS 270
EVT048 CRUUS 270
EVT049 CRUUS 270
EVT050 CRUUS 270
EVT051 CRUUS 270
EVT064 CRUUS 269
EVT067 CRUUS 269
EY1001 CE 116
EY1002 CE 116
EY1003 CE 116
EY1004 CE 116
EY1005 CE 116
EY1006 CE 116
EY1007 CE 116
EY1008 CE 116
EY1009 CE 116
EY1010 CE 116
EY1011 CE 117
EY1013 CE 118
EY1014 CE 118
EY1015 CE 118
EY2001 CE 117
EY2002 CE 117
EY2003 CE 117
EY2004 CE 117
EY2005 CE 118
EY3001 CE 116
EY3002 CE 116
EY3004 CE 116
EY3005 CE 117
EY3011 116
EY3090 117
EY3091 117
EY3092 117
EY3098 CE 117
EY3099 CE 117
G1501S CE, CUL, TuevNord 115, 148, 34
G2001S CE 115, 148
GF711S CE, CUL, TuevNord 33
GG505S CE, CUL, TuevNord 222, 33
GG711S CE, CUL, TuevNord 33
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
GI505S CE, CUL, TuevNord 222, 33
GI701S CE, CUL, TuevNord 33
GI711S CE, CUL, TuevNord 33
GM505S CE, CUL, TuevNord 222, 33
GM701S CE, CUL, TuevNord 34
GM705S CE, CUL, TuevNord 34
ID5055 CE, CUL, (CCC) 29
IE5381 CE, (CCC) 31
IE5382 CE, (CCC) 31
IEC200 CE, CUL, (CCC) 31
IER200 CE, CUL, (CCC) 32
IFC204 CE, CUL, (CCC) 31
IFR200 CE, CUL, (CCC) 32
IFS204 CE, CUL, (CCC) 28
IFT206 CE, CUL, (CCC) 29
IGC204 CE, CUL, (CCC) 31
IGR200 CE, CUL, (CCC) 32
IGS204 CE, CUL, (CCC) 28
IGT206 CE, CUL, (CCC) 29
IIC200 CE, CUL, (CCC) 31
IIR200 CE, CUL, (CCC) 32
IIS204 CE, CUL, (CCC) 28
IIT207 CE, CUL, (CCC) 30
IM5128 CE, CUL, (CCC) 29

list of articles
18
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
IM5131 CE, CUL, (CCC) 29
IN0110 CCC, CE 58
IN5327 CE, CUL, (CCC) 58
IN5331 CE, (CCC) 58
IN5334 CE, CUL, (CCC) 58
IN5409 CE, (CCC) 58
IS5001 CE, CUL, (CCC) 29
IS5070 CE, (CCC) 29
IX5010 CE, (CCC) 59
IX5030 CE, (CCC) 60
KD5039 CE, (CCC) 42
KF5001 CE, CUL 42
KF5002 CE, CUL 42
KG5043 CE, (CCC) 42
KG5057 CE, (CCC) 42
KG5066 CE, CUL 42
KI5083 CE, CUL 43
KI5085 CE, CUL 42
KI5087 CE, CUL 42
LDH100 CE 159, 213
LI5141 CE, CUL 156
LI5142 CE, CUL 156
LI5143 CE, CUL 157
LI5144 CE, CUL 157
LK1022 CE, CUL 156
LK1023 CE, CUL 156
LK1024 CE, CUL 156
LK3122 CE, CUL 156
LK3123 CE, CUL 156
LK3124 CE, CUL 156
LK8122 CE, CUL 156
LK8123 CE, CUL 156
LK8124 CE, CUL 156
LMT100 CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA 157
LMT110 CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA 157
LR3000 CE, CUL 157
LR7000 CE, CUL 157
LR8000 CE, CUL 157
MFS211 CE, CUL, (CCC) 48
MFT202 CE, CUL, (CCC) 48
MGS204 CE, CUL, (CCC) 48
MGT203 CE, CUL, (CCC) 48
MK502A CE 53
MK503A CE, (CCC) 53
MK5100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 52
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
N0032A CE, CSA, FM 152, 34
N0530A CE 152, 34
N0531A CE, CSA, FM, IEC 152, 34
N95001 CE, IEC 59
NN5008 CCSAUS, CE, FM 59
NN5013 CE 59
O1D100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 92
O2D906 CE, (CCC) 124
O2D907 CE, (CCC) 125
O2D908 CE, (CCC) 125
O2D909 CE, (CCC) 125, 236
O2D910 CE, (CCC) 124
O2D911 CE, (CCC) 124
O2D912 CE, (CCC) 125
O2I100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 236
O2V100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 124
O4E500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 72
O4H500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 73
O4P500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 73
O4S500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 72
O5C500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 104
O5E500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 72
O5G500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 104
O5H500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 72
O5K500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 104
O5P500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 72
O5S500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 72
O7E200 CE, UL, (CCC) 71
O7H200 CE, UL, (CCC) 71
O7H202 CE, UL, (CCC) 71
O7H204 CE, UL, (CCC) 71
O7P200 CE, UL, (CCC) 71
O7S200 CE, UL, (CCC) 71
OBF500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 96

list of articles
19
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
OGE100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 68
OGH300 CE, CUL, (CCC) 69
OGP100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 68
OGS100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 68
OGT100 CE, CUL, (CCC) 68
OGT500 CE, CUL, (CCC) 68
OH5015 CE, (CCC) 70
OH5016 CE, (CCC) 70
OH5017 CE, (CCC) 70
OH5018 CE, (CCC) 70
OH5019 CE, (CCC) 70
OH5020 CE, (CCC) 70
OJ5122 CE, CUL, (CCC) 72
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
OO5000 CE, CUL, (CCC) 96
OY001S CE, CUL, (CCC) 110

list of articles
20
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
OY403S CE, (CCC) 114
PA3020 CE, CUL 185, 250
PA3021 CE, CUL 185, 250
PA3022 CE, CUL 185, 250
PA3023 CE, CUL 185, 250
PA3024 CE, CUL 185, 250
PA3026 CE, CUL 186
PA3027 CE, CUL 186
PA3028 CE, CUL 158, 186
PA3029 CE, CUL 186
PA3060 CE 185, 250
PG2409 CE, CUL 184
PG2450 CE 183
PG2451 CE, CUL 183
PG2452 CE, CUL 183
PG2453 CE, CUL 183
PG2454 CE, CUL 183
PG2455 CE, CUL 183
PG2456 CE, CUL 183
PG2457 CE, CUL 183
PG2458 CE, CUL 184
PG2489 CE, CUL 184
PG2789 CE, EHEDG, FDA 158, 188
PG2793 CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA 187
PG2796 CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA 159, 187
PI2789 CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA 158, 187
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
PI2793 CE, CUL, EHEDG, FDA 186
PK6520 CE, CUL 184
PK6521 CE, CUL 184
PK6522 CE, CUL 184
PK6523 CE, CUL 184
PK6524 CE, CUL 184
PN2009 CE, CUL 182
PN2020 CE, CUL 182
PN2021 CE, CUL 182
PN2022 CE, CUL 182
PN2023 CE, CUL 182
PN2024 CE, CUL 182
PN2026 CE, CUL 182
PN2027 CE, CUL 182
PN2028 CE, CUL 182
PN7000 CE, CUL 182
PN7001 CE, CUL 182
PN7002 CE, CUL 182
PN7003 CE, CUL 183
PN7004 CE, CUL 183
PN7006 CE, CUL 183
PN7007 CE, CUL 183
PN7009 CE, CUL 183
PN7060 CE 182
PP2001 CE, CUL 188, 251
PQ0809 CE, CUL 186
PQ0834 CE, CUL 186
PQ7809 CE, CUL 186
PQ7834 CE, CUL 186
PS3208 CE 158
PS3407 CE 158
PS3417 CE 158
PT3540 CE, CUL 184
PT3541 CE, CUL 184
PT3542 CE, CUL 184
PT3543 CE, CUL 185
PT3544 CE, CUL 185
PT3550 CE, CUL 250
PT3551 CE, CUL 250
PT3552 CE, CUL 250
PT3553 CE, CUL 250
PT3554 CE, CUL 250
PT9540 CE, CUL 185
PT9541 CE, CUL 185

list of articles
21
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
PT9542 CE, CUL 185
PT9543 CE, CUL 185
PT9544 CE, CUL 185
PT9550 CE, CUL 250
PT9551 CE, CUL 250
PT9552 CE, CUL 250
PT9553 CE, CUL 251
PT9554 CE, CUL 251
RA6007 CE, C_NRTL_US 133
RB6007 CE, C_NRTL_US 132
RM3001 CE, C_NRTL_US 134
RM9000 CE, E1, (CCC) 135
RN6055 CE, C_NRTL_US 134
RO6342 CE, C_NRTL_US 133
RU6003 CE, C_NRTL_US 132
RV6003 CE, C_NRTL_US 132
SD2000 CE, CUL 171
SD5100 CE, CUL 171
SD6000 CE, CUL 171
SD6100 CE, CUL 171
SD8000 CE, CUL 171
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
SD9000 CE, CUL 171
SF5200 CUL 170
SF5201 CUL 170
SF6200 CUL 169
SF6201 CUL 170
SI5000 CE, CUL 169
SI5006 CE, CUL 169
SI5010 CE, CUL 169
SM6000 CE, CUL 168
SM6004 CE, CUL 168
SM6050 CE, CUL 169
SM6100 CE, CUL, KTW 168
SM7000 CE, CUL 168
SM7004 CE, CUL 168
SM7050 CE, CUL 169
SM8000 CE, CUL 168
SM8004 CE, CUL 168
SM8050 CE, CUL 169
SN0150 CE, CUL 170
SR0150 CE, CUL 170
SR5900 CE, CUL 170
SR5906 CE, CUL 170
SU7000 CE, CUL 171
SU8000 CE, CUL 171
SU9000 CE, CUL 172
TA3130 CE, CUL 199
TA3131 CE, CUL 199
TA3171 CE, CUL 199
TA3231 CE, CUL 201
TA3233 CE, CUL 201
TA3237 CE, CUL 201
TA3430 CE, CUL, EHEDG 201
TA3431 CE, CUL, EHEDG 201
TA3437 CE, EHEDG 201
TAD181 CE, CUL, EHEDG 201
TK6130 CE, CUL 196
TK7130 CE, CUL 196
TK7480 CE, CUL 196
TM4101 CUL 198
TM4411 CUL 198
TM4431 CUL 198
TM4441 CUL 198
TM4461 CUL 198
TM4501 CUL, EHEDG 200

list of articles
22
Order
no.
Approvals Catalogue
page
TM4801 CUL 200
TM4811 CUL 200
TM4831 CUL 200
TM4841 CUL 200
TM4901 CUL 200
TM4911 CUL 200
TM4931 CUL 200
TM4941 CUL 200
TP3237 CE, CUL 197
TP9237 CE, CUL 197
TR2432 CE, CUL 196
TR7432 CE, CUL 196
TR8430 CE, CUL 196
TS2051 CUL 198, 201
TS2056 198, 201
TS2229 199
TS2251 198
TS2256 198
TS2659 198
TS2789 198
TT0281 CUL 197
TT0291 CUL 199
TT1081 CUL 197
TT1281 CUL 197
TT1291 CUL 199
TT2081 CUL 197
TT2281 CUL 197
TT2291 CUL 199
TT3081 CUL 197
TT3281 CUL 197
TT3291 CUL 199
TT5081 CUL 197
TT9281 CUL 197
TT9291 CUL 199
VES003 212
VKV021 CE, CUL 212
VKV022 CE, CUL 212
VOS001 212
VSA001 CE, CUL 213
VSA002 CE, CUL 213
VSA004 CE, CUL 213
VSA005 CE, CUL 213
VSE002 CE, CUL 212
VSE100 CE, CUL 212
VTV122 CE, CUL 212

list of articles
23

Sensors for special applications
24
AS-Interface AS-interface (actuator sensor interface) is a worldwide manufacturer-independent
standard for the connection of actuators and sensors of the first field level. Data and
power supply are jointly transmitted via a two-wire cable. Wiring complexity, docu-
mentation and set-up times are reduced.
ATEX ATEX (Atmosphère explosible) is a brief description of the uniform EU directives
94/9/EC (for manufactures of units for hazardous areas) and 1999/92/EC (for opera-
tors of plants for hazardous areas) governing the safety requirements for explosion-
hazardous areas. Since 30 June 2003, units for hazardous areas have to be approved
to 94/9/EU regulations. For further information about international directives see the
“Approvals” chapter.
e1 type approval The e1 type approval by the German Federal Motor Transport Authority certifies that
the units comply with the automotive standards.
IO-Link IO-Link is a field-bus independent and open point-to-point communication interface.
It is a low-cost possibility to transmit parameter, diagnosis and process data from a
sensor or an actuator via an I/O module.
Safety The EC Machinery Directive stipulates machinery should not present a risk. If safety is
dependent on control systems, these must be designed so as to minimise malfunc-
tion. The IEC 62061 und ISO 13849-1 standards apply. Classification is made either
in the Safety Integrity Level (SIL 1-3 in IEC 62061) or in the Performance Level (PL a-e
in ISO 13849-1).

Sensors for special applications
25
AS-i sensors Page
AS-i sensors 223
Valve sensors 58 - 60
Sensors for hazardous areas (ATEX) Page
Cylinder sensor 53 - 53
Valve sensors 59
Sensors with e1 approval Page
Pressure sensors 250 - 251
Sensors with IO-Link Page
Temperature sensors
196 - 196
201 - 202
Sensors for safety technology Page
Inductive sensors 33 - 34
Safety light curtains 110 - 114
Safety light grid 113 - 115

Sensors for almost all application areas.
Wide choice of housing styles and
operating voltages.
High-quality housing materials.
Cylindrical housings: Ø 3…34 mm, rectan-
gular housings: 5 x 5 x 24 to 105 x 80 x 40.
Extensive range of fixing accessories
and connection technology.
Inductive sensors
In all automated processes sensors are absolutely necessary to provide the PLC with
information. They supply the necessary signals on positions, limits or serve as pulse
pick-ups for counting tasks or for monitoring rotational speed. Inductive and
capacitive sensors are nowadays indispensable for industrial usage. As compared to
mechanical switches they offer ideal conditions: non-contact operation free from
any wear and tear, high switching frequencies and accuracy. In addition, they are
insensitive to vibration, dust and moisture. Inductive sensors detect all metals
without contact.
Operating principle of inductive sensors
Inductive sensors take advantage of the physical effect of the change in the quality
factor in a resonant circuit caused by eddy current losses in conductive materials.
This is how it works: An LC tuned circuit generates a high frequency electromag-
netic field. This field is radiated from the active face of the sensor. If a conductive
material enters this field, eddy currents will be formed in accordance with the law
of inductance which draw energy from the oscillator. This reduces the oscillation
amplitude. The change is converted into a switching signal. The operating principle
permits detection of all metals irrespective of whether they are moving or not.
Application sensors
Every application has its own requirements as regards the sensors to be used.
Temperature shocks, mechanical influences or aggressive cleaning agents are just a
few of the possible environmental influences to which sensors are subjected. ifm
electronic therefore offers inductive sensors which have been developed for special
applications. This includes for example the use of selected housing materials such
as stainless steel, LCP, PEEK, PBT or Duroplast. An innovative, consistent sealing
concept from the sensor to the connector ensures ideal protection against ingress
of moisture and aggressive media.
Typical application:
Positioning sensing in
automation technol-
ogy; inductive sensors
operate reliably and
without wear.
High frequency
electromagnetic field:
The inductive sensor
detects all metals.
Inductive sensors
26

System overview Page
Sensors with increased sensing range for industrial applications 28
Sensors for industrial applications, rectangular housings 29
Sensors for hygienic and wet areas with increased sensing range 29 - 30
Full metal sensors for hygienic and wet areas 30
Sensors for oils and coolants with increased sensing range 31
Full metal sensors for oils and coolants 31 - 32
Sensors for oils and coolants with ceramic sensing face 32
Full metal sensors with non-stick coating against weld spatter 32
Fail-safe inductive sensors for series connection to IEC 62061 SILcl 3 and ISO 13849-1 PL e 33
Inductive sensors for safety-related applications, 2 x OSSD, SIL 2, PL d 33
Inductive sensors for safety-related applications, 2 x OSSD, SIL 3, PL e 33 - 34
Safety relays with relay outputs for fail-safe sensors 34
Safety relays with solid state outputs for fail-safe sensors 34
Switching amplifiers with ATEX approval 34
Accessories for threaded M8 housings 35
Accessories for rectangular housings 36
Wiring diagrams 36
Scale drawings / drawing no. – CAD download: www.ifm.com 36
Inductive sensors
27

Sensors with increased sensing range for industrial applications
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function · 3-wire · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 1 IFS204
M12 / L = 50 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 2 IFS205
M12 / L = 70 4 f brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 3 IFS212
M12 / L = 70 7 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 700 100 4 IFS213
M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 5 IGS204
M18 / L = 51 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 6 IGS205
M18 / L = 70 8 f brass 10...36 IP 67 400 100 7 IGS212
M18 / L = 70 12 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 300 100 8 IGS213
M30 / L = 50 15 f brass 10...36 IP 67 100 100 9 IIS204
M30 / L = 50 22 nf brass 10...36 IP 67 100 100 10 IIS205
M30 / L = 70 15 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 100 100 11 IIS210
M30 / L = 70 22 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 100 100 12 IIS211
f = flush / nf = non flush
Inductive sensors
28

Sensors for industrial applications, rectangular housings
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 2 m · Output function · 3-wire · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 2
28 x 10 x 16 2 f PBT 10...36 IP 67 800 200 13 IS5001
28 x 10 x 16 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 2000 250 14 IS5070
40 x 40 x 54 20 f PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 200 200 15 IM5128
40 x 40 x 54 40 nf PA (polyamide) 10...36 IP 67 200 200 15 IM5131
92 x 80 x 40 50 f PPE 10...36 IP 67 70 250 16 ID5055
Sensors for hygienic and wet areas with increased sensing range
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 / L = 50 4 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 800 100 17 IFT206
M12 / L = 61 7 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 800 100 18 IFT208
M18 / L = 57 8 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 600 100 19 IGT206
M18 / L = 62 12 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 300 100 20 IGT208
Inductive sensors
29
You can find wiring diagrams and scale drawings from page 36

Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M30 / L = 59 22 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 21 IIT207
M30 / L = 59 14 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 22 IIT209
Full metal sensors for hygienic and wet areas
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 / L = 60 3 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 23 IFT240
M12 connector · Output function · 3-wire · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector groups 22, 23
M12 / L = 70 6 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36
IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68
/ IP 69K
500 100 24 IFT245
M18 / L = 70 5 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 100 100 25 IGT247
IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68
/ IP 69K
500 100 26 IGT249
M30 / L = 70 10 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 68 / IP 69K 50 100 27 IIT228
IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68
/ IP 69K
250 100 28 IIT231
Inductive sensors
30

Sensors for oils and coolants with increased sensing range
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M8 / L = 50 2 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 1000 200 29 IE5381
M8 / L = 50 4 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 700 200 30 IE5382
M12 / L = 45 4 f brass 10...36 IP 68 700 100 1 IFC204
M18 / L = 46 8 f brass 10...36 IP 68 400 100 5 IGC204
M30 / L = 50 15 f brass 10...36 IP 68 100 100 9 IIC200
M30 / L = 50 22 nf brass 10...36 IP 68 100 100 10 IIC201
Full metal sensors for oils and coolants
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M8 / L = 60 2 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 68 100 100 32 IEC200
Inductive sensors
31

Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 / L = 60 3 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 68 100 100 23 IFC258
M18 / L = 70 5 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 68 100 100 25 IGC248
M30 / L = 70 10 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 68 50 100 27 IIC224
Sensors for oils and coolants with ceramic sensing face
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Full metal sensors with non-stick coating against weld spatter
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function · 3-wire · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group —
M8 / L = 60 2 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 / IP 68 100 100 32 IER200
M12 / L = 60 4 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 2 100 23 IFR200
M18 / L = 70 6 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 2 100 25 IGR200
M30 / L = 70 12 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 67 2 100 27 IIR200
Inductive sensors
32

Fail-safe inductive sensors for series connection to IEC 62061 SILcl 3 and ISO 13849-1 PL e
Type Length
[mm]
Enable
zone
[mm]
Housing
material
Ub
DC
[V]
Protection Response time in case
of a safety request /
enable time
[ms]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Wiring diagram no. 3 · Connector group 22
55 3...6nf high-grade st. steel 24 IP 68 / IP 69K ≤ 20 / ≤ 200 33 GG505S
39 6...12nf high-grade st. steel 24 IP 68 / IP 69K ≤ 20 / ≤ 200 34 GI505S
66 10...20nf PPE 24 IP 67 ≤ 20 / ≤ 200 35 GM505S
Inductive sensors for safety-related applications, 2 x OSSD, SIL 2, PL d
Type Length
[mm]
Enable
zone
[mm]
Housing
material
Ub
DC
[V]
enable time
[ms]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
45 0.5...4nf high-grade st. steel 24 IP 65 / IP 67 ≤ 1 / ≤ 1 36 GF711S
35 1...8nf high-grade st. steel 24 IP 65 / IP 67 ≤ 1 / ≤ 1 37 GG711S
30 1...15nf high-grade st. steel 24 IP 65 / IP 67 ≤ 10 / ≤ 1 38 GI711S
Inductive sensors for safety-related applications, 2 x OSSD, SIL 3, PL e
Type Length
[mm]
Enable
zone
[mm]
Housing
material
Ub
DC
[V]
enable time
[ms]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
39 6...12nf high-grade st. steel 24 IP 68 / IP 69K ≤ 50 / ≤ 200 34 GI701S
Inductive sensors
33

Type Length
[mm]
Enable
zone
[mm]
Housing
material
Ub
DC
[V]
enable time
[ms]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
66 10...15nf PPE 24 IP 65 / IP 67 ≤ 50 / ≤ 200 35 GM701S
66 4...20nf PPE 24 IP 65 / IP 67 ≤ 50 / ≤ 200 35 GM705S
Safety relays with relay outputs for fail-safe sensors
Type Description Order
no.
Safety relay · Terminal block Phoenix Contact MSTBO · For the connection of electronic and mechanical fail-safe sensors/switches
and for use as two-hand control · Housing materials: PA · Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4 · ISO 13849-1:
PL e · IEC 61508: SIL 3 · EN 574: type IIIC
G1501S
G1502S
Safety relays with solid state outputs for fail-safe sensors
no.
G1503S
Switching amplifiers with ATEX approval
no.
Switching amplifier for Namur sensors according to 94/9/EG (ATEX) · NV1221/115VAC/RL/1D/1G · ATEX approval · Group II,
category (1) G D · 2-channel · Relay outputs · Programmable output function · Short-circuit and wire monitoring
N0032A
Switching amplifier for Namur sensors according to 94/9/EG (ATEX) · NV1121/24VDC/RL/1D/1G · ATEX approval · Group II, category
(1) G D · 1-channel · Relay output · Programmable output function · Short-circuit and wire monitoring
N0530A
Switching amplifier for Namur sensors according to 94/9/EG (ATEX) · NV1122/24VDC/TR/1D/1G · ATEX approval · Group II, category
(1) G D · 1-channel · Transistor outputs · Programmable output function · Short-circuit and wire monitoring
N0531A
Inductive sensors
34

Accessories for threaded M8 housings
no.
Angle bracket · for type M8 · Housing materials: stainless steel E10734
Mounting clamp · Ø 8 mm · Housing materials: aluminium black anodised E10221
Mounting clamp · Ø 8 mm · with end stop · for type M8 · Housing materials: PC E11521
no.
no.
no.
Inductive sensors
35

Accessories for rectangular housings
no.
Mounting bracket · with integrated snap-on rail · for type IDC · Housing materials: stainless steel E10730
Core colours
BN brown
BU blue
BK black
WH white
Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
1
4
3
2
BN
BK
BU
L+
L
3
(BK)
3
1
4
2
L+
L
(BN)
A
TE
(BU)
(WH)
+24 V
OUT
GND
IN
1
1: Safety-related logic unit
4
(BK)
3
1
4
2
L+
L
(BN)
A2
A1
(BU)
(WH)
+24 V
IN1
GND
IN2
1
1: Control monitor or PLC
Scale drawings / drawing no. – CAD download: www.ifm.com
1
45
34
32
M12x1
17
4
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
2
32
M12x1
17
4
5
M12x1
39
50
LED 4 x 90°
3
LED 4 x 90°
59
70
50
M12x1
17
4
M12x1
4
45
M12x1
17
4
5
M12x1
59
70
LED 4 x 90°
Inductive sensors
36

5
M18x1
M12x1
30
33
46
35
4
24LED 4 x 90°
6
M18x1
M12x1
25
38
51
40
4
24
10
LED 4 x 90°
7
M18x1
M12x1
49
56,5
70
59
4
24LED 4 x 90°
8
M18x1
M12x1
40
58
70
LED 4 x 90°
60
10
4
24
9
39
33
M30x1,5
37
50
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
5
36
10
39
19
M30x1,5
37
50
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
5
15
36
11
59
53
M30x1,5
57
70
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
5
36
12
LED 4 x 90°
59
38
M30x1,5
5
57
70
36
M12x1
15
13
10,2
27,8
LED
5,6
16
5,1
22,2
2,75
3,1
3,5
2,8
3,1
LED
10,4
14
10,2
27,8
5,6
16
22,2
2,75
3,1
3,5
2,8
3,1
LED
10,4
8
15
40
66
40
54
M12x1
30
30
2
2
1
46
46
5,5
5,529,5
1: LED yellow, 2: LED green
Inductive sensors
37

16
92
80
40
7,565
65
5,5
9,3
M12x1
112
40
LED
171
20
1: mounting on DIN rail
17
50
37
29
M12x1
17
4
LED
18
5
61
44
28
M12x1
LED 4 x 90° 17
4
5
19
57
39,5
29
33
LED
4 x 90°
M18x1
4
24
5
20
62
44,5
24
LED
4 x 90°
38
M18x1
4
24
10
21
16
M30x1,5
15
35
5
42
LED 4 x 90°
59
5
36
22
31
M30x1,5
35
5
42
LED 4 x 90°
59
36
5
23
49
40
M12x1
17
4
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
60
24
40
M12x1
17
4
10
M12x1
70
59
LED 4 x 90°
25
59
57
50
M18x1
4
M12x1
70
24LED 4 x 90°
26
24
M18x1
M12x1
35 15
4
57
70
59
LED 4 x 90°
27
58
50
M30x1,5
5
57
70
36
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
Inductive sensors
38

28
M30x1,5
5
M12x1
22,527,5
57
59
70
LED 4 x 90° 36
29
M12x1
50
39
25
LED 4 x 90° 13
4
M8x1
30
M8x1
M12x1
50
39
17 8
LED 4 x 90° 13
4
31
M18x1
M12x1
40
47
60
LED 4 x 90°
4
24
49
32
M8x1
4
13
M12x1
60
49
33
LED 4 x 90°
33
M18x1
55 10
M12x1
90,5
LED 8 x 45°
79
4
24
34
LED 4 x 90°
69
39
M30x1,5
5
67
80
36
M12x1
15
35
40
M12x1
40
66
17
34
LED
46
61
30
20
5,4
10
5,4
6
8,5
33
36
45
M12x1
17
4
5
M12x1
59
70
LED
37
35
M12x1
LED 2 x 180°
70,5
M18x1
57
4
24
10
38
LED 4 x 90°
M30x1,5
5
45
70
36
M12x1
15
57
Inductive sensors
39

High operational reliability due
to increased noise immunity.
Sensing range adjustable by means
of a potentiometer or pushbutton.
Plastic or metal housing for
different applications.
Variable: connector, connection
cable or connection terminals.
Assortment of tank and sight glass
mounting acccessories.
Capacitive sensors
Capacitive sensors are used for the non-contact detection of any objects. In contrast
to inductive sensors, which only detect metallic objects, capacitive sensors can also
detect non-metallic materials. Typical applications are in the wood, paper, glass,
plastic, food and chemical industries. In a packaging system, capacitive sensors
monitor that the contents of a cardboard box is complete, for example, or check
the presence of non-metallic caps. Another application is to monitor the conveying
of sheets of glass on a roller conveyor.
Operating principle
The capacitance between the active electrode of the sensor and the electrical earth
potential is evaluated. An approaching object influences the electrical alternating
field between these two “capacitor plates” and, consequently, the capacitance. This
applies to metallic and non-metallic objects. By means of the potentiometer or the
pushbutton the user can set the sensitivity.
Increased noise immunity
When detecting objects, very small changes in capacitance must be evaluated and
converted into switching signals. This makes high requirements for the electronics.
The sensors must be designed so that they are insensitive to fluctuations of the
parasitic basic capacitances, as these can amount to a multiple of the change in
capacitance to be measured. Moreover, the sensors must be insensitive to electro-
magnetic interference which typically occurs in the application area.
ifm electronic has developed future-oriented solutions to meet the high sensor
requirements. A patented circuit concept efficiently prevents the mentioned
problems and ensures reliable functioning for all relevant noise parameters.
Not only metal:
Capacitive sensors
detect almost all
materials, here
for example a log
in a saw mill.
Capacitive sensors
40

Sensors for industrial applications, DC 42
Sensors for the detection of granulates for the plastics industry, DC 42 - 43
Accessories mounting adapters 43
Accessories mounting components 43
Wiring diagrams 43
Capacitive sensors
41

Sensors for industrial applications, DC
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 2 m · Output function · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 1
M18 / L = 84 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 50 250 1 KG5043
M12 connector · Output function · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group 3
M12 / L = 60 4 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 65 50 100 2 KF5001
M12 / L = 61 8 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 65 50 100 3 KF5002
M18 / L = 93.8 8 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 50 250 4 KG5057
M30 / L = 90 8 f high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 100 5 KI5085
M30 / L = 90 15 nf high-grade st. steel 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 100 6 KI5087
105 x 80 x 40 60 nf modified PPO 10...36 IP 65 10 250 7 KD5039
Sensors for the detection of granulates for the plastics industry, DC
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M18 / L = 87 12 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 200 8 KG5066
Capacitive sensors
42

Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M30 / L = 90 20 nf PBT 10...36 IP 65 / IP 67 10 200 9 KI5083
Accessories mounting adapters
no.
Mounting adapter · M30 x 1.5 - G 1¼ · Housing materials: PVDF / EPDM E11036
Locknut · G 1¼ · for mounting adapter · Housing materials: PVDF E11030
Accessories mounting components
no.
Mounting set · M30 x 1.5 / G ¼...G 1 · for capacitive sensors on rising pipes G ¼“ - 1“ · Housing materials: POM E11037
Core colours
BN brown
BU blue
BK black
Wiring diagrams
1
BN
BK
BU
L+
L
2
L+
L
1
4
3
3
L+
L
1
4
3
4
L+
L
1
4
3
L+
L
1
4
2
Capacitive sensors
43

1
24
58
4
84
M18x1
pot.LED LEDpot.
2
40,2
38,2
M12x1
M12x1
59,8
1 2
1: LED 4 x 90°, 2: with pot.
3
34,6
M12x1
5
M12x1
41,6
61,2
1 2
1: LED 4 x 90°, 2: with pot.
4
1
24
58
4
84
M18x1
93,8
67,2
M12x1
2
1: with pot., 2: LED
5
60
M30x1,5
77
90
LED (4 x 90°) 5
M12x1
361
1: Programming buttons
6
60
M30x1,5
77
90
LED (4 x 90°) 5
M12x1
361
15
7
105
80
40
7,565
65
5,5
9,3
M12x1
120
40
12
27
18
LED
pot.
16
8
24
77
56
M18x1
4
M12x1
87
1 2
1: LED ring, 2: Programming buttons
9
61
M30x1,5
80
90
5
M12x1
3621
1: LED ring, 2: Programming buttons
Capacitive sensors
44

Detection also through
non-magnetisable metals.
Small designs with very long
sensing ranges up to 100 mm.
Cylinder and rectangular designs
for demanding applications.
Wide temperature range for
universal use.
Flush or non-flush installation in
non-magnetisable metals.
Magnetic sensors
Magnetic sensors are used for the detection of positions without contact or wear
and tear in control technology. They are used where inductive sensors reach their
limits. The advantage: Compared to inductive sensors magnetic sensors have a
considerably higher sensing range and smaller housings.
Since magnetic fields penetrate all non-magnetisable materials, the sensors can
detect magnets through walls made of non-ferrous metal, stainless steel,
aluminium, plastic or wood.
In gate systems, for example, the magnet sensor only detects the magnet which is
to be detected. Any possible influences by aluminium in the environment do not
impact the sensor.
In the food industry the magnetic sensor is often used in connection with pigs
(cleaning devices which pass through the inside of pipes). By means of magnetic
sensors their exact position can be detected from the outside through the wall of
the stainless steel pipe.
Operating principle
Magnetic sensors from ifm electronic use state-of-the-art GMR (Giant Magneto
Resistive Effect) technology. The measuring cell consists of resistors with several
extremely fine, ferromagnetic and non-magnetic layers. Whereas in a conventional
Wheatstone bridge circuit two screened and two unscreened GMR resistors are
combined, a large signal proportional to the magnetic field is produced if a mag-
netic field is present. As from a defined threshold value an output signal is switched
via a comparator.
Installation
Magnetic sensors can be mounted flush with all materials (even metals) without
reduction in the sensing range. Depending on the orientation of the magnetic field
the sensor can be damped from the front or from the side.
The sensor switches
as soon as the
magnet has reached
the switch-on point.
The direction of
movement of the
magnet is not
important.
Magnetic sensors
46

Full metal sensors for industrial applications 48
Full metal sensors for hygienic and wet areas 48
Accessories damping magnets 48
Wiring diagrams 49
Magnetic sensors
47

Full metal sensors for industrial applications
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 / L = 60 60 high-grade st. steel 10...30 IP 65 / IP 67 5000 200 1 MFS211
M18 / L = 60 70 high-grade st. steel 10...30 IP 65 / IP 67 5000 200 2 MGS204
Full metal sensors for hygienic and wet areas
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 / L = 60 60 high-grade st. steel 10...30
IP 65 / IP 68 / IP
69K
5000 100 1 MFT202
M18 / L = 60 70 high-grade st. steel 10...30
IP 65 / IP 68 / IP
69K
5000 100 2 MGT203
Accessories damping magnets
no.
Damping magnet · M 1.0 · Housing materials: Samarium cobalt E10749
Damping magnet · M 4.0 · Housing materials: Barium ferrite E10752
Damping magnet · M 4.1 · Housing materials: Barium ferrite / stainless steel E11803
Damping magnet · M 5.1 · Housing materials: Barium ferrite with plastic coating / steel E10754
Magnetic sensors
48

Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
1
4
3
1
49
40
M12x1
17
4
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
60
2
M18x1
M12x1
40
47
60
LED 4 x 90°
4
24
49
Magnetic sensors
49

Self-clamping fixture for easy
adjustment and quick mounting.
Convenient: can be easily inserted
into the slot from the top.
Suitable for almost all C and T slots.
Unit versions available with connection
cable and M8 / M12 cable plug.
Wide selection of adapter
accessories.
Cylinder sensors
Cylinder sensors are used for position detection of pistons in pneumatic cylinders.
They are directly mounted onto the cylinder. The ring magnet attached to the
piston is sensed through the housing wall of non-magnetisable material
(e.g. aluminium, brass or stainless steel). ifm electronic offers a standard solution for
different cylinder types and manufacturers.
Operating principle
ifm electronic‘s cylinder sensors use state-of-the-art GMR and AMR technology: A
GMR element is made up of extremely thin magnetic layers, each separated by a
nonmagnetic layer. Without external field they align in an antiparallel manner which
results in a defined electrical resistance. If these layers are exposed to a magnetic
field, the magnetic layers align in a parallel manner. This results in a large change in
resistance that is converted into a switching signal by the internal electronics.
An AMR element consists of thin ferromagnetic stripes. Electrical resistance is
highest without external magnetic fields. The effect of a magnetic field reduces
resistance. This change is converted into a switching signal by the internal
electronics. Advantage: This method enables exact measurement of even very small
changes of the magnetic field where space is extremely limited. This results in a
smaller hysteresis and a short travel distance. So, the sensors can be used wherever
exact positioning is required (e.g. short-stroke cylinder).
Response sensitivity
The response sensitivity applies equally to either magnetic polarity and without
external field influence. The magnetic flux density in most pneumatic cylinders is
between 5 and 25 millitesla (mT). ifm electronic’s cylinder sensors are factory set so
that they detect these magnetic fields safely.
Travel distance
The travel distance describes the section which is covered by the magnet in the
sensing zone. It depends on the strength of the magnet. The short response times
of the sensors allow very high travel speeds.
Position sensing:
Cylinder sensors
monitor the position
of the piston in a
pneumatic cylinder.
Cylinder sensors
50

T-slot sensors for industrial applications 52
T-slot sensors for hygienic and wet ares 52
T-slot sensors for short-stroke cylinders 52 - 53
T-slot sensors with ATEX approval 1G/1D 53
T-slot sensors with ATEX approval 3D/3G 53
Fixing straps for clean line cylinders 53 - 54
Adapters for tie rod and integrated profile 54
Wiring diagrams 54
Cylinder sensors
51

T-slot sensors for industrial applications
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
f
[Hz]
Protection Iload
[mA]
Ta
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 10000 IP 65 / IP 67 100 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...85 1 MK5100
Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output function · 3-wire · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group 1
T-slot sensors for hygienic and wet ares
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
f
[Hz]
Protection Iload
[mA]
Ta
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 10000
IP 65 / IP 67 /
IP 69K
100 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...85 1 MK5128
25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 10000
IP 65 / IP 67 /
IP 69K
100 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...85 4 MK5111
T-slot sensors for short-stroke cylinders
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
f
[Hz]
Protection Iload
[mA]
Ta
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cylinder sensors
52

Type Dimensions
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
f
[Hz]
Protection Iload
[mA]
Ta
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
T-slot sensors with ATEX approval 1G/1D
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
f
[Hz]
Protection Iload
[mA]
Ta
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 6 m · Output function · 2-wire · Connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the max. values U = 15 V / I = 50
mA / P = 120 mW · Wiring diagram no. 3
25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) – 2000 IP 65 / IP 67 – -guatda.com/cmx.p25...70 5 MK502A
T-slot sensors with ATEX approval 3D/3G
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
f
[Hz]
Protection Iload
[mA]
Ta
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
25 x 5 x 6.5 PA (polyamide) 10...30 6000 IP 65 / IP 67 100 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...60 5 MK503A
Fixing straps for clean line cylinders
no.
Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Piston diameter 10...16 mm · for type MKT · Housing materials: adapter: stainless steel / Fixing
strap: stainless steel
E11975
Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Piston diameter 20...25 mm · for type MKT · Housing materials: adapter: stainless steel / Fixing
E11976
Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Piston diameter 32 mm · for type MKT · Housing materials: adapter: stainless steel / Fixing strap:
stainless steel
E11977
stainless steel
E11978
stainless steel
E11979
Cylinder sensors
53

no.
stainless steel
E11980
stainless steel
E11981
Fixing strap for clean-line cylinders · Piston diameter 100 mm · for type MKT · Housing materials: adapter: stainless steel / Fixing
E11982
Adapter for clean-line cylinders · for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors) · Housing materials: stainless steel E11877
Adapters for tie rod and integrated profile
no.
Adapter for tie rod / integrated profile cylinders · for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors) · Clamping range 5...11 mm · Housing
materials: aluminium / screw: stainless steel
E11797
E11799
E11801
Adapter for tie rod cylinders (or cylinders of the same dimensions) · for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors) · Clamping range 3...5
mm · Housing materials: aluminium / screw: stainless steel
E11913
Adapter for tie rod cylinders (or cylinders of the same dimensions) · for types MKT (T-slot cylinder sensors) · Clamping range 5...7
mm · Housing materials: aluminium / screw: stainless steel
E11912
Core colours
BK black
BN brown
BU blue
Wiring diagrams
1
BN
BK
BU
L+
L
2
L+
L
1
4
3
3
L
BN
BU
L+
Cylinder sensors
54

1
5
2
6,2
5,7
25,3
5,1
6,5
LED
1: Fastening clamp, 2: sensing face
2
L
M8x1
37
5
2
6,2
5,7
25,3
5,1
6,5
LED
3
L
5
2
6,2
5,7
25,3
5,1
6,5
LED
M12x1
55
4
L
5
2
6,2
5,7
25,3
5,1
6,5
LED
M12x1
55
5
5
12
5,7
25,3
5,1
6,5
LED
2
6
L
M8x1
37
5
12
5,7
25,3
5,1
6,5
LED
2
7
L
M12x1
55
5
12
5,7
25,3
5,1
6,5
LED
2
Cylinder sensors
55

Dual inductive feedback sensors for
valves and actuators.
Straightforward fit to standard actuators
based on VDI / VDE 3845.
AS-i dual sensor for quick and safe
installation due to “plug & play”.
Compact, weatherproof and
low maintenance.
Also available as complete set including
all the accessories for a valve.
Valve sensors
In industrial processes where liquids, air or gases are used valves are needed for
dosing and control. There is a wide variety of valve types; butterfly or ball valves
being the most common quarter-turn types.
These valves are seldom operated manually. Pneumatic valve actuators are normally
used for mechanical positioning. The valve position must be monitored electronical-
ly. On the one hand to provide a feedback to the controller when a certain position
(e.g. “open” or “closed”) is reached. On the other hand it is necessary to monitor
the valves centrally.
Mechanical switches are still often used for position feedback on the actuator shaft.
For other solutions several inductive sensors are used together with a switch target
for position detection. Disadvantage: Mounting is mechanically complex. Where
there are temperature fluctuations condensing humidity leads to corrosion and thus
malfunction.
Operating principle
An innovative design eliminates the disadvantages of these conventional solutions.
In 1992 ifm electronic developed a standard which is now used by many leading
actuator manufacturers. A round switch target, known as a “puck”, with two metal
screws offset by 90° is mounted on the actuator shaft. The screws are located at a
different height. A compact dual inductive sensor (type IND) with two integral sen-
sors detects the upper or lower metal screw depending on the valve position and
thus the two switch positions.
Advantages
Due to the simple construction the system operates safely with no wear at all. It is
virtually resistant to external influence and meets the protection rating IP 67. Under
certain conditions the unit can even be self-cleaning. Compared to conventional
solutions the sensor weight is low. The sensors are also resistant to mechanical
stress such as vibration and shock.
Feedback: Monitoring
of pneumatic and
manual valves must
be possible.
Valve sensors
56

Sensors for industrial applications 58
Sensors for industrial applications, AS-i system 58 - 59
Sensors with ATEX approval 1G/2G and 1D 59
Sensors for rising stem valves 59
Sensors for rising stem valves, AS-i system 60
Switching cams for sensors with quarter-turn actuators 60
Accessories for sensors with quarter-turn actuators 60
Accessories for sensors with rising stem valve 61
Wiring diagrams 61 - 62
Scale drawings / drawing no. – CAD download: www.ifm.com 62 - 63
Valve sensors
57

Sensors for industrial applications
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
AC / DC
[Hz]
Iload
AC / DC
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 2 m · Output function · AC/DC · Wiring diagram no. 1
40 x 26 x 40 4 nf PBT 20...250 IP 67 25 / 50 350 / 100 1 IN0110*
M12 connector · Output function · DC PNP/NPN · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group 3
40 x 26 x 47 4 nf PBT 10...36 IP 67 250 250 2 IN5331
Rd 24 x 1/8 connector 6 pins · Output function · DC PNP · Connector group 7
Terminals · Output function · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 8
33 x 60 x 92 4 nf PA (polyamide) 10...30 IP 67 500 100 4 IN5409
* Note for AC and AC/DC units
Miniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, ≤ 2 A (fast acting) Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after a short cir-
cuit.
Sensors for industrial applications, AS-i system
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
AC / DC
[Hz]
Iload
AC / DC
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function transistor PNP · 2 inputs / 1 output · Connector group 3
55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.guatda.com/cmx.p5...31.6 IP 67 – – 5 AC2316
Valve sensors
58

Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
AC / DC
[Hz]
Iload
AC / DC
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function transistor PNP · 2 inputs / 2 outputs · Connector group 3
55 x 60 x 35 4 nf PBT (Pocan) 26.guatda.com/cmx.p5...31.6 IP 67 – – 5 AC2317
Sensors with ATEX approval 1G/2G and 1D
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Unom.
at 1 KΩ
[V]
Ub
[V]
Internal
capacit.
[nF]
Internal
inductance
[μH]
f
[Hz]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 2 x normally closed · Connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the max. values U = 15
V / I = 50 mA / P = 120 mW · Wiring diagram no. 4 · Connector group 25
40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.guatda.com/cmx.p5...15 DC 140 130 1800 6 NN5008
M18 connector · Output function 2 x normally closed · Connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the max. values U = 15
V / I = 50 mA / P = 120 mW · Wiring diagram no. 5 · Connector group 6
40 x 26 x 26 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC 7.guatda.com/cmx.p5...15 DC 140 130 1800 7 NN5013
Rd 24 x 1/8 connector 6 pins · Output function 2 x normally closed · Connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the max.
values U = 15 V / I = 50 mA / P = 120 mW · Connector group 7
40 x 26 x 60 4 nf PBT 8.2 DC – 150 150 250 3 N95001
Sensors for rising stem valves
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
AC / DC
[Hz]
Iload
AC / DC
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable with connector 0.3 m · Output function 3 x normally open · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 6 · Connector group 23
65 x 52 x 110 0...80 PA 18...36 IP 65 / IP 67 – 100 8 IX5010
Valve sensors
59

Sensors for rising stem valves, AS-i system
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Material Ub
[V]
Protection f
AC / DC
[Hz]
Iload
AC / DC
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable with connector 0.3 m · AS-i · Wiring diagram no. 7 · Connector group 3
65 x 52 x 110 0...80 PA 26.guatda.com/cmx.p5...31.6 IP 65 / IP 67 – – 8 IX5030
Switching cams for sensors with quarter-turn actuators
no.
Target puck · Ø 53 mm · Adjustable between 0° and 360° · Housing materials: Target puck: PVC / screws: high-grade stainless steel E10661
Target puck · Ø 53 mm · 3 possible switching flag positions · Housing materials: Target puck: PA 6 black / screws: V2A E17320
Target puck · Ø 65 mm · Housing materials: Target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A E17327
Target puck · Ø 102 mm · Housing materials: Target puck: PA 6 / screws: V2A E17328
Accessories for sensors with quarter-turn actuators
no.
Cable gland · M20 x 1.5 · Housing materials: PA 6.6 E12208
Protective cap · M20 x 1.5 · Housing materials: PA 6.6 E12209
Plug for covering the oblong holes · Housing materials: EPDM · Pack quantity: 10 E12212
reinforcement bracket · for type IND · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E11310
Mounting kit for limit position feedback · tyco 792E-100 · for Keystone actuators E11243
Valve sensors
60

Accessories for sensors with rising stem valve
no.
Mounting adapter · for Alfa Laval valves · accessory for IX · Housing materials: adapter: PA / Target: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E11900
Mounting adapter · for Südmo valves · accessory for IX · Housing materials: adapter: PA / Target: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E11989
Mounting adapter · for Bardiani valves · accessory for IX · Housing materials: adapter: PA / Target: stainless steel 1.4404 E12170
Mounting adapter · IX / Ø 30 mm · for Gemü actuators with mounting kit · accessory for IX · Housing materials: adapter: POM /
Target: stainless steel
E12042
Mounting adapter · IX / Ø 45 mm · for Gemü actuators with mounting kit · accessory for IX · Housing materials: adapter: POM /
Target: stainless steel
E12043
Core colours
BK black
BN brown
BU blue
WH white
Wiring diagrams
1
BN
BU
L+
L1
L
N
WH
L+
L1
BK
L
NBU:
BK: A1
A2
2
L
L+
L+
L
2 WH
1 BN
4 BK
3 BU
3
L
L+
3 BU
2 WH
4 BK
1 BN
2:
4: A1
A2
4
Out 1
3 BU
2 WH
4 BK
1 BN
L+ 1
L+ 2
Out 2
1
1: connection to NAMUR-ampli-
fier
5
Out 2
4 BK
2 BU
3 WH
1 BN
L+ 1
L+ 2
Out 1
1
1: connection to NAMUR-ampli-
fier
6
L+
L
1
5
4
2
3
7
AS-i+1
3
AS-i
Valve sensors
61

Wiring diagrams
8
L
L+
2
4
1
34:
2:
A2
A1
6
7
8
5
IN +
IN -
OUT +
OUT -
1: solenoid valve
1
40
26
13
9
LED
A1
A2
6,5
LED
8,5
4 40
4,5
5,5
30
2
40
26
13
9
LED
A1
A2
6,5
LED
8,5
26
4,5
5,5
30
47
M12x1
3
M12x1
40
55
60
Rd24x1 8
78
30 26
35
1
1: field connection
4
33
92
6,3
18,8
60
7,5
5,5
30
60
M20x1,5
1: sensor 1, 2: sensor 2, 3: LED OUT 2, 4: LED OUT 1
5
26
35
LED
M12x1
M12x1
40
55
LEDLED
60
13 12
1: sensor 1, 2: sensor 2
Valve sensors
62

6 40
26
13
9
LED
A1
A2
6,5
LED
M12x1
8,5
26
4,5
5,5
30
40
7
40
26
13
9
LED
A1
A2
6,5
LED
8,5
26
4,5
5,5
30
49
M18x1
8
52
3 LED 4
65
110
99,6
26
80
34,8
38
6,2
4,5
26,5
15,5
3
4,3
88,6
1: Max. spindle stroke , 2: Measuring distance, 3: Initial value of the
measuring range (zero point) , 4: Programming buttons
Valve sensors
63

Photoelectric sensors
64

65
Infrared / red light
sensors
System description / System overview
Product selection chart
Wiring diagrams
66 - 67
68 - 77
77
77 - 81
Laser sensors
Wiring diagrams
82 - 83
84 - 87
87
87 - 88
Distance detection
Wiring diagrams
90 - 91
92 - 93
93
93
Fibre optics
Wiring diagrams
94 - 95
96 - 98
98
98 - 100
For specific systems
Wiring diagrams
102 - 103
104 - 105
105 - 106
106
Safety light curtains /
light grids
Wiring diagrams
108 - 109
110 - 118
118 - 119
119 - 121

Visible red light for easy adjustment.
Versions for use in hygienic and
wet areas.
LED display to check operation,
switching status and function.
Quick set-up due to easy teaching.
Extensive range of system components
for easy and safe mounting.
Automation technology can no longer be imagined without photoelectric sensors as
“artificial eyes”. They are used where safe and non-contact detection of the exact
position of objects is required. The material of the objects to be detected is of no
importance. Compared to inductive sensors photoelectric sensors have a much
higher sensing zone.
Through-beam sensors
A through-beam sensor is distinguished by a long range. The system consists of two
separate components: a transmitter and a receiver. The light only travels one way
(from the transmitter to the receiver). Adverse effects in the applications, such as
dust in the air, dirt on the lenses, steam or mist do not immediately interfere with
the system (high excess gain).
Retro-reflective sensors
For a retro-reflective sensor the transmitter and receiver are incorporated into one
housing. By means of a reflector the transmitted light is returned to the receiver.
Diffuse reflection sensors
A diffuse reflection sensor is used for the direct detection of objects. Transmitter
and receiver are incorporated into one housing. The transmitter emits light which
is reflected by the object to be detected and seen by the receiver. This system
evaluates the reflected light of an object.
Therefore additional components (e.g. reflectors for retro-reflective sensors) are not
necessary to operate a diffuse reflection sensor.
Fixing options
ifm electronic offers a complete component system of easy-to-use mounting sets
that make installation easier for you. The solutions consist of a clamp which is
fastened with only one screw, keeps the sensors safely in place and at the same
time guarantees free movement in all axes.
The reflector reflects
the light beam: For a
retro-reflective sensor
transmitter and re-
ceiver are integrated
into one housing.
Artificial eyes: Photo-
electric sensors are
used to detect posi-
tions in automation
technology.
66

Cylindrical housing OG (M18) BasicLine 68
Cylindrical housing OG (M18) PerformanceLine 68
Cylindrical housing OG (M18) WetLine for hygienic and wet areas 69
OG housing (M18), rectangular 70
Rectangular OH housing BasicLine 70
Rectangular housing O7 BasicLine 71
Rectangular housing OJ PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face 71 - 72
Rectangular housing O5 PerformanceLine 72
Rectangular housing O4 PerformanceLine 72 - 73
Prismatic reflectors, reflective tape and fixing components 73 - 74
Accessories OG housing 74
Accessories OH housing 74
Accessories O7 housing 74 - 75
Accessories OJ housing 75
Accessories O5 housing 75
Accessories for system components 76 - 77
Wiring diagrams 77
sensors
67

Cylindrical housing OG (M18) BasicLine
Type Operating principle Range Type
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor · M12 connector · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP67 · Connector group 3
Transmitter 8 m red 600 – 1 1 OGS100
Receiver 8 m red – D PNP 2 1 OGE100
Retro-reflective sensor · M12 connector · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP67 · Connector group 3
Polarisation filter 0.guatda.com/cmx.p05...2.5 m red 200 D PNP 2 1 OGP100
Diffuse reflection sensor · M12 connector · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP65 · Connector group 3
Diffuse reflection sensor 10...400 mm red 25 H PNP 2 2 OGT100
Cylindrical housing OG (M18) PerformanceLine
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 · Connector group 3
Receiver 25 m red – H/D PNP 2 4 OGE500
Retro-reflective sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 · Connector group 3
Polarisation filter 0.guatda.com/cmx.p03...5 m red 200 H/D PNP 2 4 OGP500
Diffuse reflection sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 · Connector group 3
Diffuse reflection sensor 2...800 mm red 66 H/D PNP 2 4 OGT500
Background suppression 15...300 mm red 25 H/D PNP 2 4 OGH500
68

Cylindrical housing OG (M18) WetLine for hygienic and wet areas
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor · Cable 6 m · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 / IP68 / IP69K
Through-beam sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 / IP68 / IP69K · Connector group 22
Retro-reflective sensor · Cable 6 m · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 / IP68 / IP69K
Polarisation filter 0.guatda.com/cmx.p03...4 m red 160 D PNP 4 5 OGP302
Retro-reflective sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 / IP68 / IP69K · Connector group 22
Diffuse reflection sensor · Cable 6 m · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 / IP68 / IP69K
Background suppression 100 mm red 8 H PNP 4 7 OGH306
Diffuse reflection sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP67 / IP68 / IP69K · Connector group 22
sensors
69

OG housing (M18), rectangular
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor · M12 connector · 10...30 DC · metal · IP67 · Connector group 3
Retro-reflective sensor · M12 connector · 10...30 DC · metal · IP67 · Connector group 3
Diffuse reflection sensor · M12 connector · 10...30 DC · metal · IP67 · Connector group 3
Background suppression 15...200 mm red 13 H/D PNP 2 10 OGH580
Rectangular OH housing BasicLine
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor · Cable with connector 0.2 m · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP67 · Connector group 1
Transmitter 1.2 m red 10 – 1 11 OH5020
Receiver 1.2 m red – D PNP 5 11 OH5015
Retro-reflective sensor · Cable with connector 0.2 m · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP67 · Connector group 1
Polarisation filter 0.8 m red 10 D PNP 5 12 OH5019
Diffuse reflection sensor · Cable with connector 0.2 m · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP67 · Connector group 1
Diffuse reflection sensor 2...50 mm red 3.5 H PNP 6 13 OH5016
Background suppression 1...15 mm red 2.5 H PNP 6 13 OH5018
Background suppression 1...30 mm red 4.5 H PNP 6 13 OH5017
70

Rectangular housing O7 BasicLine
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor · Cable with connector 0.2 m · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP65 · Connector group 1
Transmitter 0...1.5 m red 90 – 1 14 O7S200
Receiver 0...1.5 m red – D PNP 5 15 O7E200
Retro-reflective sensor · Cable with connector 0.2 m · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP65 · Connector group 1
Polarisation filter 0.guatda.com/cmx.p03...1 m red 55 D PNP 5 16 O7P200
Diffuse reflection sensor · Cable with connector 0.2 m · 10...30 DC · plastics · IP65 · Connector group 1
Background suppression 1...30 mm red 2.5 H PNP 6 17 O7H200
Background suppression 0...50 mm red 2.5 H PNP 6 17 O7H202
Background suppression 0...100 mm red 7 H PNP 6 17 O7H204
Rectangular housing OJ PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Transmitter 10 m red 1000 – 1 18 OJ5130
Receiver 10 m – – H/D PNP 7 18 OJ5131
Polarisation filter 0...2 m red 64 H/D PNP 7 18 OJ5126
sensors
71

of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Diffuse reflection sensor 1...600 mm red 60 H/D PNP 7 19 OJ5122
Background suppression 15...400 mm red < 18 H/D PNP 7 20 OJ5148
Rectangular housing O5 PerformanceLine
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Transmitter 25 m red 625 – 1 21 O5S500
Receiver 25 m red – H/D PNP 2 22 O5E500
Polarisation filter 0.guatda.com/cmx.p075...10 m red 250 H/D PNP 2 23 O5P500
Background suppression 50...1800 mm red 50 H/D PNP 2 23 O5H500
Rectangular housing O4 PerformanceLine
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Transmitter 80 m red 2400 – 1 24 O4S500
Receiver 80 m red – H/D PNP 2 25 O4E500
72

of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Polarisation filter 0.guatda.com/cmx.p3...22 m red 660 H/D PNP 2 26 O4P500
Background suppression 100...2600 mm red 50 H/D PNP 2 27 O4H500
Prismatic reflectors, reflective tape and fixing components
no.
Prismatic reflector · Ø 25 mm · round · fixing by screw · for red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors · Housing materials:
plastics
E20953
plastics
E20954
plastics
E20956
Prismatic reflector · Ø 80 mm · round · for red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors · Housing materials: plastics E20005
Prismatic reflector · 18 x 40 mm · rectangular · for red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors · Housing materials: plastics E21115
Mounting set · for reflector · Ø 25 mm · Clamp mounting · free-standing M8 · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti /
1.4571 / clamp: stainless steel
E20903
E20907
E20911
sensors
73

no.
E20915
Reflective tape · TS-02 · 50 x 1000 mm · for red light and infrared light retro-reflective sensors · Housing materials: plastics E21015
Accessories OG housing
no.
Angle bracket · Ø 18 mm · with end stop · Mounting clamp · Clamp mounting · for type OG, IG, KG · Housing materials: clamp:
diecast zinc / fixture: stainless steel / Mounting clamp: PC black
E21145
Mounting set · Ø 18.5 mm · Clamp mounting · rod mounting Ø 12 mm · for type OG, IG, KG · Housing materials: clamp: high-grade
stainless steel / fixture: high-grade stainless steel
E21206
E21207
Accessories OH housing
no.
Angle bracket · for free-standing mounting · for type OH · Housing materials: Angle bracket: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21057
Mounting set · for type OH · Housing materials: ABS E21056
Accessories O7 housing
no.
Mounting set · O7 · Clamp mounting · rod mounting Ø 10 mm · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / clamp: stainless steel /
screw: stainless steel / Nut: stainless steel
E21237
74

no.
Mounting set · O7 · Free-standing mounting · free-standing · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / screws: stainless steel E21238
Mounting set · O7 · Free-standing mounting · with fine adjustment · free-standing · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel /
Spring: spring steel / screws: stainless steel
E21239
Mounting set · O7 · ball joint · free-standing · Housing materials: fixture: diecast zinc / mounting base: diecast zinc / screws: stainless
steel
E21240
Accessories OJ housing
no.
Angle bracket · for type OJ · Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel E20984
Basic clip · OJ · Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel E20965
Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · Clamp mounting · free-standing M8 · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 /
clamp: stainless steel
E20969
Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · Clamp mounting · rod mounting Ø 10 mm · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti /
E20973
no.
Angle bracket · for type O5 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21087
Dovetail clamp · for type DTS, O4, O5 · Housing materials: AlMgSi0.5 E21088
Mounting brackets Mounting on the back of the unit · for type O5 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21086
Mounting set · Clamp mounting · with protective cover · rod mounting Ø 12 mm · for type O5 · Housing materials: fixture: stainless
steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp: high-grade stainless steel
E21223
sensors
75

no.
Angle bracket · O1D, O4 · for type O1D, O4 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E21120
Mounting brackets Mounting on the back of the unit · O4 · for type O4 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21116
Mounting set · Clamp mounting · with protective cover · rod mounting Ø 12 mm · for type O4 · Housing materials: stainless steel
316L / 1.4404 / clamp: high-grade stainless steel
E21216
Accessories for system components
no.
clamp · Ø 10 mm; M8 · free-standing M8 · Housing materials: clamp: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E20844
clamp · Ø 12 mm · rod mounting Ø 12 mm · Housing materials: clamp: stainless steel E21110
mounting rod · Ø 10 / M8 · Length: 150 mm · straight · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21081
mounting rod · Ø 10 / M8 · Length: 200 mm · angled · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E80310
Head cap screw · M8 x 40 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · free-standing M8 · Housing materials: screw: steel galvanised E21204
Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · free-standing M10 · Housing materials: screw: steel galvanised E21208
76

no.
Head cap screw · M10 x 45 mm · ISO 4762 (DIN 912) · free-standing M10 · Housing materials: screw: high-grade stainless steel E21209
Cube · M10 · aluminium profile · Housing materials: diecast zinc E20951
Core colours
BN brown
BU blue
BK black
Wiring diagrams
1
1
3
L+
L
2
L+
L
1
4
3
3
L+
L
BN
BU
4
BN
BK
BU
L+
L
5
L+
L
1
4
3
6
L+
L
1
4
3
7
L+
2
4
1
3
L
2: Teach
1
M18x1
M12x1
34
44
LED
4
24
31
27,5
2
M18x1
M12x1
34
44
21,4
LED
4
24
31
6,5
1
1: with pot.
3
M18x1
M12x1
34
59
72
61
LED 4 x 90°
4
24
4
M18x1
M12x1
34
59
72
61
LED 4 x 90°
1
4
24
sensors
77

5
M18x1
40
47
68,6
49
LED 4 x 90°
4
24
5
6
M18x1
M12x1
40
47
60
49
LED 4 x 90°
4
24
7
44
59
80,4
61
LED 4 x 90°
5
M18x1
4
24
8
M18x1
M12x1
44
59
72
61
LED 4 x 90°
4
24
9
18
LEDs
38
M18x1
M12x1
11,5
35,4
15,9
24,1
52
243,3
10
3,3
M18x1
M12x1
11,5
35,4
15,9
24,1
52
24
LEDs
1
18
38
1: setting pushbuttons
11
3,9
9,6
12,5
3,2
15
2,9
7,6
6,4
20,6
25,1
LED
12
3,9
9,6
12,5
3,2
15
2,9
7,6
6,4
20,6
25,1
5,7
LED
13
3,9
9,6
12,5
3,2
15
2,9
7,6
7,2
20,6
25,1
5
LED
14
9
15
14,1
LED
9
26
20,3
2,7
M3
78

15
9
15
26
20,3
14,1
2,7
M3
LED
9
16
9
15
7,6
6,5
LED
9
26
20,3
2,7
M3
17
9
15
6,5
7,8
LED
9
26
20,3
2,7
M3
18
1
9
LED
4
11,6
M8x1
1
36,5
11
LED
8,2
43,5
1
24
LED
35
8,5
1,8
5,3
19
3,5
5
1: pushbutton
19
9
LED
4
11,6
1
24
LED
35
8,5
1,8
5,3
19
3,5
5
1
M8x1
36,5
11
LED
43,5
7,6
16,6
1
1: pushbutton
20
24
LED
35
8,5
1,8
5,3
19
3,5
5
1
9
LED
4
11,6
1
19,5
M8x1
36,5
11
LED
43,5
1
9,5
1: pushbutton
21
LED
15,4
18,2
M12x1
17
5x9
625
1
56
6,4
46,8
25
70,3
5
LED
6
1
1: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the max. tightening torque is
2 Nm.
sensors
79

22
1
LED
30,5
24,3
15,4
5x9
625
2
56
6,4
46,8
25
70,3
5
1
LED6
2
18,2
M12x1
17
1: Programming buttons, 2: When a M5 mounting screw is used, the
max. tightening torque is 2 Nm.
23
18,2
M12x1
19,5
37
1
LED
30,5
24,3
15,4
5x9
625
2
56
6,4
46,8
25
70,3
5
1
LED
6
2
24
7,9
63,8
LED
40
5
8,5
74,4
86,2
1
8,540
5x10
1
M12x1
27
21,1
LED
29,5
2 Nm.
25
7,9
63,8
LED
40
5
8,5
74,4
86,2
1
8,540
5x10
1
29,5
44,5
38,3
2
LED
M12x1
27
21,2
2 Nm., 2: Programming buttons
26
7,9
63,8
LED
40
5
8,5
74,4
86,2
1
8,540
5x10
1
29,5
44,5
38,3
2
LED
M12x1
27
21,223,5
80

27
7,9
63,8
LED
40
5
8,5
74,4
86,2
1
8,540
5x10
1
29,5
44,5
38,3
2
LED
M12x1
27
25,319,7
sensors
81

Detection of minute objects.
Clearly visible red light for easy setting
to the object.
Automatic switch point setting by
pressing a pushbutton.
Application sensors available for special
application areas.
System components available for
fine adjustment.
Laser sensors
Laser sensors are used where detection of small objects or precise positioning is
required. They are available as through-beam sensors, retro-reflective sensors or
diffuse reflection sensors.
Laser light consists of light waves of identical length which have a defined phase
relation (coherence). This results in an important feature of laser systems, that is the
almost parallel light beam. Result: Due to the small angle of divergence long ranges
of up to 60 metres can be achieved. The laser spot which is also clearly visible at
daylight simplifies the alignment of the system. Apart from the advantages some
points have to be taken into account for the selection of the suitable optical system:
Compared to standard sensors the laser sensors have a reduced temperature range
(-guatda.com/cmx.p10...60 °C). Life is limited to approx. 50,000 hours. Basically laser systems are
more expensive than normal red light sensors. In view of the small light spot and
the often high ranges the system is more sensitive to vibrations than standard
sensors.
Coherent: Laser
sensors emit light of
a defined wave length
and the same phase
position.
82

Cylindrical OG housing (M18) Laser PerformanceLine, laser class 1 84
Rectangular OJ housing Laser PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face, laser class 1 84 - 85
Rectangular O1 housing Laser PerformanceLine with background suppression, laser class 2 85
Prismatic reflector 85 - 86
Accessories OG housing 86
Accessories OJ housing 86
Wiring diagrams 87
Laser sensors
83

Cylindrical OG housing (M18) Laser PerformanceLine, laser class 1
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Through-beam sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP65 / IP67 · Connector group 3
Retro-reflective sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP65 / IP67 · Connector group 3
Diffuse reflection sensor · M12 connector · 10...36 DC · high-grade stainless steel · IP65 / IP67 · Connector group 3
Background suppression 20...200 mm red 1.2 H/D PNP 2 2 OGH700
Rectangular OJ housing Laser PerformanceLine, lateral sensing face, laser class 1
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Transmitter 1 m red < 4 – 1 3 OJ5141
Receiver 1 m red – H/D PNP 3 3 OJ5142
Transmitter 15 m red < 24 – 1 3 OJ5138
Receiver 15 m red – H/D PNP 3 3 OJ5139
84

of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Polarisation filter 8 m red < 12 H/D PNP 3 3 OJ5136
Background suppression 7...150 mm red 0.8 H/D PNP 3 4 OJ5158
Background suppression 15...200 mm red 2x1 H/D PNP 3 5 OJ5154
Rectangular O1 housing Laser PerformanceLine with background suppression, laser class 2
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Optical distance sensor · M12 connector · 10...30 DC · metal · IP67 · Connector group 3
Background suppression 0.guatda.com/cmx.p2...10 m – 6
normally open / closed
programmablePNP
2 6 O1D101
Prismatic reflector
no.
Prismatic reflector · Ø 10 mm · round · fixing by screw · M3 · for retro-reflective laser sensors · Housing materials: screw: stainless
steel 316 / 1.4401 / spring washer: stainless steel 316 / 1.4401 / Nut: stainless steel 316 / 1.4401 / front plate: PMMA / base: ABS
E20990
E20992
E20993
Prismatic reflector · 11 x 11 mm · rectangular · fixing by screw · M3 · for retro-reflective laser sensors · Housing materials: screw:
stainless steel 316 / 1.4401 / spring washer: stainless steel 316 / 1.4401 / Nut: stainless steel 316 / 1.4401 / front plate: PMMA /
base: ABS
E20991
Prismatic reflector · 14 x 23 mm · rectangular · for retro-reflective laser sensors · Housing materials: front plate: PMMA / base: ABS E20989
Laser sensors
85

no.
Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · rectangular · for retro-reflective laser sensors and glass and film detection · Housing materials:
plastics
E20722
Accessories OG housing
no.
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units · Ø 18.5 mm · Clamp mounting · rod or free-standing depending on the
clamp · for type OG · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571
E20737
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units · Ø 18.5 mm · Clamp mounting · rod mounting Ø 12 mm · for type OG ·
Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp: high-grade stainless steel
E21220
E21206
E21207
Accessories OJ housing
no.
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units · for front lens · for type OJ · Housing materials: diecast zinc E20975
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units · for side lens · for type OJ · Housing materials: diecast zinc E20976
Mounting set · OJ · for side lens · Clamp mounting · rod mounting Ø 10 mm · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti /
E20973
86

no.
Prismatic reflector · 226 x 262 mm · rectangular · for type O1D · Housing materials: plastics E21159
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units · O1D · Clamp mounting · rod or free-standing depending on the clamp ·
Housing materials: fixture: aluminium transparent anodised / plastics: POM / screws: stainless steel
E1D100
Mounting set · E2D101 + E20938 + E20951 E21079
Protective cover · O1D · Housing materials: bezel: ZnAl4Cu1 finish black / window: PMMA transparent and colourless / sealing: FPM
75+/-5 Shore A black / screws: stainless steel
E21133
Protective cover · O1D · Housing materials: bezel: ZnAl4Cu1 finish black / window: glass transparent and colourless / sealing: FPM
E21171
Wiring diagrams
1
1
3
L+
L
2
L+
L
1
4
3
3
L+
2
4
1
3
L
2: Teach
1
M18x1
M12x1
34
59
72
61
LED 4 x 90°
4
24
2
M18x1
M12x1
34
59
72
61
LED 4 x 90°
1
4
24
3
1
9
LED
4
11,6
M8x1
1
36,5
11
LED
8,2
43,5
1
24
LED
35
8,5
1,8
5,3
19
3,5
5
1: pushbutton
Laser sensors
87

4
24
LED
35
8,5
1,8
5,3
19
3,5
5
1
9
LED
4
11,6
1
M8x1
36,5
11
LED
43,5
1
9,5
15,5
1: pushbutton
5
24
LED
35
8,5
1,8
5,3
19
3,5
5
1
9
LED
4
11,6
1
19,5
M8x1
36,5
11
LED
43,5
1
9,5
1: pushbutton
6
52
1 2 30
45
25204,56
45
59
42
M12x1
30
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming buttons
88

Non-contact distance detection
at a high range.
Analogue and switching outputs.
Small light spot and exact
background suppression.
Compact and robust metal
housing.
Unbeatable price / performance ratio.
Optical distance detection using PMD technology
For collision avoidance, completeness check, level monitoring or as diffuse reflection
sensor with an extraordinary range: The efector pmd distance sensors can be used
in a wide range of applications. Depending on the type, the laser sensors precisely
determine distances up to 10 m or up to 75 m when a reflector is used. The robust
metal housing ensures operational reliability even under rough operating
conditions.
Operating principle
The efector pmd laser sensors operate to the time-of-flight principle.
The pmd sensor’s receiver element is a “System-on-Chip” design. Both sensor
element and electronics for signal evaluation are integrated on a single silicon chip
called a Photonic Mixer Device (PMD). Advantage: This innovative ifm design offers
high performance in a compact, industrially compatible housing – at a fraction of
the price of conventional systems.
The determined distance is indicated on the 4-digit display and provided via the
scalable analogue output (4…20 mA). The user can program two switching outputs
which switch when a certain distance is reached. Up to 50 measurements per
second are possible (adjustable). The light spot diameter is 6 mm at a 10 m dis-
tance. This makes the sensor suitable for applications requiring exact background
suppression. An outstanding feature of efector pmd is the extremely compact size
of only 42 x 45 x 52 mm.
The efector pmd
provides an analogue
signal that is propor-
tional to the object-
to-sensor distance.
Collision avoidance
on an overhead con-
veyor: efector pmd
monitors distances
between products.
90

Rectangular O1 housing for optical distance measurement, laser class 2 92
Rectangular O1 housing for optical level measurement, laser class 2 92
Accessories 92
Wiring diagrams 93
Distance detection
91

Rectangular O1 housing for optical distance measurement, laser class 2
Type Operating principle Range Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Output OUT1: normally open / closed programmable OUT2: normally open / closed programmable or analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10
V, scalable) · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
Optical distance sensor 1...75 m 1...33 150 18...30 1 1 O1D106
Optical distance sensor 0.guatda.com/cmx.p2...10 m 1...50 6 18...30 1 1 O1D100
Rectangular O1 housing for optical level measurement, laser class 2
Type Operating principle Range Sampling
rate
[Hz]
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Output OUT1: normally open / closed programmable OUT2: normally open / closed programmable or analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10
V, scalable) · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
Optical level sensor 0.guatda.com/cmx.p2...10 m 1...33 6 18...30 1 1 O1D300
Accessories
no.
Prismatic reflector · 226 x 262 mm · rectangular · for type O1D · Housing materials: plastics E21159
Fixture for mounting and fine adjustment of laser units · O1D · Clamp mounting · rod or free-standing depending on the clamp ·
Housing materials: fixture: aluminium transparent anodised / plastics: POM / screws: stainless steel
E1D100
Mounting set · E2D101 + E20938 + E20951 E21079
Protective cover · O1D · Housing materials: bezel: ZnAl4Cu1 finish black / window: PMMA transparent and colourless / sealing: FPM
E21133
Protective cover · O1D · Housing materials: bezel: ZnAl4Cu1 finish black / window: glass transparent and colourless / sealing: FPM
E21171
Cooling box · Protective housing with an active cooling system for the O1D design · for type O1D · Housing materials: housing:
aluminium transparent anodised / cover: aluminium black anodised / bezel: aluminium black anodised / window: float glass / cable
gland: brass nickel-plated / nozzle: brass nickel-plated / sealing: FPM
E21248
92

Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
3
4
2
1
Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
4
L
L+
1
2
3Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
1
52
1 2
30
45
2520
4,56
45
59
42
M12x1
30
Distance detection
93

Easy connection of different fibre optics.
Manual or automatic setting by means
of “teach in”.
LED display to check operation,
switching status and function.
Various fibre materials for different
applications.
Easy mounting, also on DIN rail possible.
Fibre optics systems
If there is only little mounting space for standard photoelectric sensors, fibre optics
can be used. They are connected via fibre optic amplifiers which contain the control
monitor and photoelectric components. There are two operating principles:
Through-beam principle
Transmitting and receiving fibre optics are laid separately. The two ends (fibre optic
heads) are mounted opposite each other. The light beam interruption is evaluated
according to the through-beam principle.
Diffuse reflection principle
Transmitting and receiving fibre optics are in one sheath and one sensing head.
Evaluation is based on the diffuse reflection principle.
Classification of the fibre optics
Glass fibre optics
Fibre optics made of silicate glass are more resistant to heat, ageing and chemicals
than acrylic fibre optics. They do not change their optical response when they are
bent. Glass fibre optics cannot be cut to length by the user.
Acrylic fibre optics
Acrylic fibre optics are suited for standard applications if no particular demands
such as heat or chemical resistance are made. They can be cut to length and are less
expensive than glass fibre optics.
High-flex fibre optics
If the minimum bending radius is not adhered to, the fibre is damaged. High-flex
fibre optics allow extremely small bending radii.
Three versions of fibre optic amplifiers are available
Some versions of the OOF and OBF housings feature special functions: the function
check output indicates a problem of the unit before it fails (short circuit on the out-
put, internal fault, low excess gain). The pulse stretching function (delay time)
allows the user to set a minimum pulse duration on the switching output.
Minute objects up to
0.5 mm are detected
safely.
Fibre optic systems
can also be mounted
in places where access
is difficult.
94

OOF amplifiers for acrylic fibre optics 96
OBF amplifiers for acrylic fibre optics 96
Acrylic fibre optics for OBF / OOF housings, through-beam system 96 - 97
Acrylic fibre optics for OBF / OOF housings, diffuse reflection system 97
Accessories 97
Wiring diagrams 98
Fibre optics
95

OOF amplifiers for acrylic fibre optics
Type Number
of input
channels
For
fibre
optics
Type
of light
Sensing
range
through beam
Sensing
range
diffuse
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Type OOF · M12 connector · plastics · DC · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector groups 4, 5
2 FE/FT-11 red 3.8 m 0...300 mm H/D PNP 12...36 1 OO5000
Type OOF · M12 connector · plastics · DC · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector groups 4, 5
Type OOF · M16 connector · plastics · DC · Wiring diagram no. 3 · Connector group —
Type OOF · M16 connector · plastics · DC · Wiring diagram no. 4 · Connector group —
OBF amplifiers for acrylic fibre optics
Type Number
of input
channels
For
fibre
optics
Type
of light
Sensing
range
through beam
Sensing
range
diffuse
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Type OBF · M12 connector · plastics · DC · Wiring diagram no. 5 · Connector group 3
1 FE/FT-11 red 0...2 m 0...100 mm H/D PNP/NPN 10...30 5 OBF500
Acrylic fibre optics for OBF / OOF housings, through-beam system
Type System Fibre optic
material
Range
OB50.. / OBF5.. / OO50..
[mm]
Sensing
head
material
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Sheathing
material
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
FE-11 PMMA 200 / 450 / 800 aluminium -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 6 E20606
FE-11 PMMA 1200 / 2000 / 3800 aluminium -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 7 E20752
FE-11 PMMA 60 / 130 / 160 stainless steel -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 8 E20751
96

material
Range
OB50.. / OBF5.. / OO50..
[mm]
Sensing
head
material
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Sheathing
material
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
FE-11 PMMA 200 / 450 / 800 stainless steel -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 9 E20750
Acrylic fibre optics for OBF / OOF housings, diffuse reflection system
material
Range
OB50.. / OBF5.. / OO50..
[mm]
Sensing
head
material
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Sheathing
material
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
FT-11 PMMA 20 / 25 / 60 aluminium -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 10 E20712
FT-11 PMMA 60 / 70 / 300 aluminium -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 11 E20645
FT-11 PMMA 40 / 60 / 150 stainless steel -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 12 E20715
FT-11 PMMA 70 / 100 / 300 stainless steel -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 PE (polyethylene) 13 E20749
Accessories
no.
Mounting clamp · Ø 3.5 mm · for fibre optics · Housing materials: aluminium black anodised E20106
Mounting clamp · Ø 4.5 mm · for fibre optics · Housing materials: aluminium black anodised E20105
Mounting clamp · Ø 6 mm · for fibre optics · Housing materials: aluminium black anodised E20103
cutter for fibre optics · for type FE/FT-11 · Housing materials: plastics E20600
Fibre optics
97

Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
1
4
2
7
3
Out 2
Out 1
2:
4:
7: function check
2
4:
2:
5:
Out 1
Out 2
Out 3
6: Out 4
L+
L
1
4
6
7
3
7: function check
3
L+
L
A
E
T
O
L
E:
P:
S:
Out 1
Out 2
Out 3
G: Out 4
C:
T:
Out 5
Out 6
O: function check
4
E:
P:
S:
Out 1
Out 2
Out 3
G: Out 4
C:
T:
Out 5
Out 6
N:
J:
Out 7
Out 8
L+
L
A
E
J
O
L
O: function check
5
2
L
L+
4
1
3
4
L
L+
2
1
3
1
2
98

3
4
5
15
36
LED
2
M12x1
1
74
60
44
3,2
1: mounting on DIN rail, 2: setting pushbuttons
6
15
M4
7
M6
30
1
1: glass lens
8
15
20
M3
~110
2,3
1,5
1
1: bendable
9
~110
15
20
M4
2,9
2
1
1: bendable
10
18
11
M3
Fibre optics
99

11
26
M4
161
6
12
35
30
6
3
1
13
19
25
M6
~110
4,6
2,7
1
1: bendable
100

High-quality photoelectric sensors for
Excellent price / performance ratio.
Easy adjustment via teach buttons
or potentiometer.
Wide range of system components
for easy and safe mounting.
Detection of transparent objects
Counting bottles and glasses or the reliable monitoring of film for tear can be
performed without problem using specially designed retro-reflective sensors.
ifm electronic offers a retro-reflective sensor with a small switching hysteresis, in
particular for the detection of transparent objects. Due to the operating principle,
retro-reflective sensors have the advantage that the light beam must pass the object
to be detected twice, weakening the light sufficiently to detect a transparent object
reliably. Precise adjustment is made by means of the teach buttons.
Contrast sensor
The O5 contrast sensor is specially suitable for detecting print marks and particularly
flat objects.
With its RGB transmitter LED the sensor detects even very small differences in
contrast. During set-up it automatically selects the optimum transmitter colour from
the colours red green blue (RGB) to ensure maximum energy difference of the
reflected light. In addition, the teach method saves time and money. Pressing the
teach buttons twice is enough for the sensor to be ready for operation.
High-resolution colour sensor
The new electronic colour sensor from ifm electronic detects the colour, packaging,
label or imprint of objects at a high resolution. With the five selectable tolerance
steps, the colour sensor perfectly differentiates even the finest shades of colour
from the background or other objects. The unit is set to the colour to be detected
by one push of the button. This saves time and money.
Optical fork and angle sensors
The optical fork and angle sensors are made from distortion-resistant diecast zinc
and feature a high switching frequency. Applications are in particular part monitor-
ing in feeding technology and handling systems. Further application examples are
belt edge and double feed monitoring.
Sensitivity setting using the potentiometer and setting of light-on / dark-on mode
using the rotary switch are simple and time-saving. No complex adjustment is
required because transmitter and receiver are already aligned towards each other.
Due to the fine and precise red light beam which is constant across the entire fork
width, out-of-balance monitoring of shafts can also be carried out.
Typical application for
contrast sensors:
Counting of glass
bottles.
The optical fork and
angle sensors are
especially used for
part monitoring in
feeding technology
and handling systems.
102

Sensors for the detection of transparent objects 104
Contrast sensors 104
Sensors for colour detection 104
Prismatic reflector 104
Accessories for system components 105
Wiring diagrams 105
103

Sensors for the detection of transparent objects
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Polarisation filter 0.guatda.com/cmx.p2...1.5 m red 64 H/D PNP 1 1 OJ5186
Polarisation filter 0...1.5 m red 40 / 80 H/D PNP/NPN 3 2 O5G500
Contrast sensors
of light
Spot Ø at
max.
range
[mm]
Output
H = light-on
D = dark-on
Wiring
diagr.
no.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · 10...36 DC · plastics · IP67 · Connector group 3
Diffuse contrast sensor 18...22 mm red 1.5 x 5 H/D PNP/NPN 4 3 O5K500
Sensors for colour detection
Type Operating principle Measuring
range
Light spot
diameter
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Sampling rate /
switching frequency
[Hz]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function light-on / dark-on programmable · DC PNP/NPN · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group 3
Colour sensor 15...19 mm 2.5 x 6 10...36 50 2000 3 O5C500
Prismatic reflector
no.
Prismatic reflector · 50 x 50 mm · rectangular · for retro-reflective laser sensors and glass and film detection · Housing materials:
plastics
E20722
104

no.
Angle bracket · for type O5 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21087
Mounting set · Clamp mounting · with protective cover · rod mounting Ø 12 mm · for type O5 · Housing materials: fixture: stainless
steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp: high-grade stainless steel
E21223
Mounting brackets Mounting on the back of the unit · for type O5 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21086
Accessories for system components
no.
Cube · M10 · aluminium profile · Housing materials: diecast zinc E20951
Wiring diagrams
1
L+
2
4
1
3
L
2: Teach
2
L+
L
2
5
1
4
3
Out
N.C.
AT
2: Input AT activation trigger, 5:
n.c. = not connected
105

Wiring diagrams
3
L+
L
2
5
1
4
3
n.c.
L+
L
2
5
1
4
3
n.c.
4
L+
L
1
4
3
L+
L
1
4
3
1
1
9
LED
4
11,6
M8x1
1
36,5
11
LED
8,2
43,5
1
24
LED
35
8,5
1,8
5,3
19
3,5
5
1: pushbutton
2
18,2
M12x1
19,5
37
1
LED
30,5
24,3
15,4
5x9
625
2
56
6,4
46,8
25
70,3
5
1
LED
6
2
3
56
6,4
46,8
25
70,3
5
1
LED
6
2
1
LED
30,5
24,3
15,4
5x9
625
2
18,2
M12x1
25,9
38
106

Slim design with ranges up to
20 m for all protected areas.
Type 2 and type 4 safety
light curtains to IEC 61496.
With SIL 2 & 3 to IEC 61508
and PL d & e to ISO 13849.
Can be installed in L shape
without dead band.
Easy connection via the tried
and tested M12 connector.
Safety light curtains and light grids
Safety light curtains and safety light grids are used where movements of machine
parts represent a risk for people or goods.
The difference of the systems is the different resolution of the beams.
Depending on the risk, the protective function is classified into finger, hand or body
protection as well as primary guarding. When the light beam is interrupted, the
protective equipment ensures deactivation of the outputs. The machine is brought
into the state defined as safe.
Tested safety
The safety light curtains and light grids from ifm electronic have been developed
according to the current standards EN 61496, ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061 and
certified by TÜV. They meet the requirements of type 2 with SILcl 2 and PL d as well
as type 4 with SILcl 3 and PL e.
Slim design and long range
The safety light curtains and safety light grids from ifm electronic are distinguished
by the very slim design (28 x 30 mm) and long ranges up to 20 m. Finger, hand and
body protection reliably ensure primary guarding or access prevention. ifm offers
new safety light grids for applications with especially long ranges. The new housing
of our OY9 is slightly bigger and offers a range up to 60 m.
These light curtains are designed for protected area heights of 160 mm to 1510
mm in intervals of 150 mm. A resolution (detection capacity) of 14, 20, 30, 40, 50
or 90 mm can be selected. Light grids are offered with 2, 3 or 4 beams.
Safety light grids are also available as active / passive system.
Safety light curtains
can be used for finger
or hand protection.
Safe protection of
bodies on a robot cell.
108

Safety light curtains type 4, SIL 3, PL e, resolution 14 mm, protected area width up to 6 m 110
Safety light curtains type 4, SIL 3, PL e, resolution 30 mm, protected area width up to 12 m 110 - 111
Safety light curtains type 4, SIL 3, PL e, resolution 90 mm, protected area width up to 12 m 113
Safety light grids type 4, SIL 3, PL e, 2, 3, 4 beams, protected area width up to 12 m 113 - 114
Safety light curtains for hygienic and wet areas type 4, SIL 3, PL e, resolution 14 mm,
protected area width up to 5 m 114
protected area width up to 15 m 114 - 115
Safety light grids for hygienic and wet areas type 4, SIL 3, PL e, 2, 3, 4 beams,
protected area width up to 15 m 115
Safety relays for safety light curtains 115
Accessories for safety light curtains 116 - 117
Bases for safety light curtains 117
Bases for safety light curtains with corner mirror 117 - 118
Accessories necessary for bases 118
light grids
109

Safety light curtains type 4, SIL 3, PL e, resolution 14 mm, protected area width up to 6 m
Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Wiring diagram no. 1, 2 · Connector groups 4, 5
213 14 160 0...3 / 1...6 4 24 1 OY001S
363 14 310 0...3 / 1...6 5.5 24 1 OY002S
Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
110

Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
light grids
111

Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
112

Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Safety light grids type 4, SIL 3, PL e, 2, 3, 4 beams, protected area width up to 12 m
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Number
of beams
Protected
area height
[mm]
Protected
area width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
L x 28 x 30 2 510 0...4 / 3...12 2.5 24 3 OY114S
L x 28 x 30 3 810 0...4 / 3...12 3 24 3 OY115S
light grids
113

Type Dimensions
[mm]
Number
of beams
Protected
area height
[mm]
Protected
area width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
L x 28 x 30 4 910 0...4 / 3...12 3 24 3 OY116S
protected area width up to 5 m
Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 15 m · Wiring diagram no. 3, 4
Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
114

Type Sensor
length
[mm]
Resolution /
detection capacity
[mm]
Protected area
height
[mm]
Protected area
width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Safety light grids for hygienic and wet areas type 4, SIL 3, PL e, 2, 3, 4 beams,
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Number
of beams
Protected
area height
[mm]
Protected
area width
[m]
Response
time
[ms]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Safety relays for safety light curtains
Type Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Safety relay · Muting relay · Housing for DIN rail mounting · For the connection of safety light curtains / safety light grids
with OSSD · Safety category type 4 to IEC 61496 · for industrial applications · Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-
1: category 4 · ISO 13849-1: PL e · IEC 61508: SIL 3
6 G2001S
Safety relay · Terminal block Phoenix Contact MSTBO · For the connection of electronic and mechanical fail-safe
sensors/switches and for use as two-hand control · PA · Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4 · ISO
13849-1: PL e · IEC 61508: SIL 3 · EN 574: type IIIC
7 G1501S
8 G1503S
9 G1502S
light grids
115

Accessories for safety light curtains
no.
Corner mirror · Length: 250 mm · for safety light curtains · Protected area height · 160 mm · for type OY · Housing materials:
aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics / Accessories: steel galvanised
EY1001
EY1002
EY1003
Corner mirror · Length: 715 mm · for safety light curtains · Protected area height · 610 mm · for safety light grids · 2 beams · for
type OY · Housing materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics / Accessories: steel galvanised
EY1004
EY1005
EY1006
EY1007
EY1008
EY1009
EY1010
Vibration damper · for type OY · Housing materials: rubber / metal galvanised · Pack quantity: 4 EY3001
Vibration damper · for type OY · Housing materials: rubber / metal galvanised · Pack quantity: 6 EY3002
Rotatable brackets · axial ± 90° · for type OY · Housing materials: Angle bracket: steel black · Pack quantity: 4 EY3011
Adjustable brackets · axial ± 7° · for type OY · Housing materials: metal galvanised · Pack quantity: 4 EY3004
116

no.
Adjustable brackets · axial ± 7° · for type OY · Housing materials: metal galvanised · Pack quantity: 6 EY3005
Adapter cable · straight · For the connection of safety light curtains / safety light grids with OSSD · Configured for automatic
operation · Free from silicone · Free from halogen · gold-plated contacts · 0.1 m · Housing materials: TPU orange / PA
EY3090
Adapter cable · straight · For the connection of safety light curtains / safety light grids with OSSD · Configured for “long range“ ·
Free from silicone · Free from halogen · gold-plated contacts · 0.1 m · Housing materials: TPU orange / PA
EY3091
Adapter cable · straight · For the connection of safety light curtains / safety light grids with OSSD · Configured for “short range“ ·
Free from silicone · Free from halogen · gold-plated contacts · 0.1 m · Housing materials: TPU orange / PA
EY3092
Laser adjustment aid · for type OY9xxS · for safety light grids · Housing materials: plastics EY3098
Laser adjustment aid · for safety light curtains · for type OY · Housing materials: plastics EY3099
Bases for safety light curtains
no.
Base · Length: 1010 mm · for safety light grids · 2 beams · for safety light curtains · ≤ 760 mm · for type OY · Housing materials:
aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY2001
Base · Length: 1340 mm · for safety light grids · 3 beams · 4 beams · for safety light curtains · ≤ 1060 mm · for type OY · Housing
materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY2002
Base · Length: 1680 mm · for safety light curtains · ≤1360 mm · for type OY · Housing materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated /
plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY2003
Base · Length: 1980 mm · for safety light curtains · ≤ 1510 mm · for type OY · Housing materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated /
plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY2004
Bases for safety light curtains with corner mirror
no.
Corner mirror with base · Length: 1010 mm · for safety light grids · 2 beams · for safety light curtains · ≤ 760 mm · for type OY ·
Housing materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY1011
light grids
117

no.
Corner mirror with base · Length: 1340 mm · for safety light grids · 3 beams · 4 beams · for safety light curtains · ≤ 1060 mm · for
type OY · Housing materials: aluminium epoxy-powder coated / plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY1013
Corner mirror with base · Length: 1680 mm · for safety light curtains · ≤1360 mm · for type OY · Housing materials: aluminium
epoxy-powder coated / plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY1014
Corner mirror with base · Length: 1980 mm · for safety light curtains · ≤ 1510 mm · for type OY · Housing materials: aluminium
epoxy-powder coated / plastics · Pack quantity: 1
EY1015
Accessories necessary for bases
no.
Mounting base · for type OY · Pack quantity: 1 EY2005
Core colours
BK black
BN brown
BU blue
GN green
GY grey
PK pink
RD red
VT lilac
WH white
YE yellow
Wiring diagrams
1
5
4
3
2
1
Range 0
Range 1
L+
L
2
5
4
3
2
6
7
1
OSSD1
OSSD2
K1/K2/Restart
SEL_A
SEL_B
8
L+
L
118

Wiring diagrams
3
L
L+
BN
BU
GY
WH
GN
YE
RD
PK
n.c.
0 V DC
Range 1
Range 0
24 V AC/DC
1: Heating
4
L
L+
BN
BU
GY
WH
GN
YE
BK
VT
RD
PK
24 V AC/DC
0 V DC
K1/K2/Restart
SEL_A
SEL_B
OSSD1
OSSD2
1: Heating
1
40
2010
3
10
10,528
28
5,5
40
10
2010
1,5
M5
14,5
30
28
T
M12x1
1129,5
61,5
L
R
T: Transmitter, R: Receiver, 1: LED 3 colours (red/green/orange), 2:
LED 2 colours (yellow/blue), 3: LED 2 colours (red/green)
2
40
2010
3
10
10,528
28
5,5
40
10
2010
1,5
M5
14,5
30
28
T
M12x1
1129,5
61,5
L
R
LED (yellow), 3: LED 2 colours (red/green)
light grids
119

3
40
2010
3
10
10,528
28
5,5
40
102010 1,5
M5
14,5
30
28
T
M12x1
5129,5
102
L
R
LED yellow, 3: LED 2 colours (red/green)
4
T
L
R
13160
50
20
9
20
56
5
T
L
R
171100
50
20
9
20
56
6
114,5
99
35
120

7
25
100
LED
35,5
105
1: Combicon connector with screw terminals, 2: mounting on DIN rail
8
25
100
LED
105
35,5
9
114
LED
50 105
35,5
1: Rotary switch for switch-off delay, 2: Combicon connector with
screw terminals, 3: mounting on DIN rail
light grids
121

2D vision sensor for object
recognition.
3D sensor for assessment of
distance, level or volume.
3D camera for spatial detection
of scenes and objects.
Illumination units with high
luminous power.
Tough, industrial housings.
2D vision sensor for object recognition
In automation technology visions sensors are an integral part of assembly and
manufacturing tasks as well as quality control and thus increase efficiency. They are
cameras with application-specific evaluation, i.e. reliable electronic eyes at a low
cost and a high degree of integration. In a robust, industrially compatible housing
they combine lighting, lens, camera chip, evaluation and process connections for
the integration in the higher-level controller.
The application possibilities of efector dualis range from presence, position and
orientation monitoring, via sorting and counting tasks to quality control.
3D sensor for assessment of distance, level or volume
efector pmd 3d is the first industrial 3D sensor that can assess objects in three
dimensions at a glance.
Special feature: The time-of-flight measurement and evaluation are integrated on
one chip. Each pixel of this chip matrix evaluates its distance to the object. The
image of the object on the chip matrix and the respective distance values
correspond to a 3D image.
This technology enables the detailed assessment of the object’s or scene’s condi-
tions by means of volume, distance or level detection in three dimensions. Typical
applications are completeness checks and level monitoring in the food industry as
well as presence and dimension monitoring in conveying.
3D camera for detection in three dimensions of scenes and objects
The pmd 3d camera detects scenes and objects in their spatial dimensions at a
glance. In contrast to laser scanners it does not require moving components and is
thus robust and wear-free. The operating principle is the same as for the 3D sensor.
Besides the 3D distance image the camera provides a grey image of the scene. The
combination of these images offers integrators the possibility to freely program
application-specific tasks by means of a software development kit. This results in
low-cost application solutions in the areas of packaging, storage and materials
handling, airport logistics, collision avoidance, robotics, monitoring of space and
persons.
Set-up in just a few
steps: The profes-
sional and easy menu
guidance allows
configuration of the
efector dualis to your
application in just six
operating steps.
Object recognition
122

Object inspection sensors 124
Sensors for object recognition with PNP output function 124
Illumination units, backlight 124 - 125
Illumination units, spotlight 125
Software for 2D sensors 125
Panel PC for vision sensors 125
Fixing components for 2D sensors 126
Reflective tapes, diffusers and protective panes for 2D sensors 126
Sensors for 3D object recognition 126
Software for 3D sensors 127
Fixing components for 3D sensors 127
Connection cables for 2D and 3D sensors 127
Wiring diagrams 127
Object recognition
123

Object inspection sensors
Type Operating
principle
Max.
field of view size
[mm]
Resolution Detection
rate
[Hz]
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Type O2V · M12 plug, 8 poles M12 socket, 4 poles · metal · DC · Connector groups 4, 5
CMOS image sensor B/W,
VGA resolution 640 x 480
640 x 480 0.1 10 White light -guatda.com/cmx.p10...60 1 O2V100
Sensors for object recognition with PNP output function
Type Operating
principle
Max.
field of view size
[mm]
Resolution Detection
rate
[Hz]
Type
of light
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Type O2D2 · M12 plug, 8 poles M12 socket, 4 poles · metal · DC · Connector groups 4, 5
400 x 300 0.08 10 infrared -guatda.com/cmx.p10...60 2 O2D224
Illumination units, backlight
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Type
of light
Active
illuminated
area
[mm]
I0
normal light
intensity
[mA]
I0
high light
intensity
[mA]
Trigger Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
PUR cable 0.15 m · metal · DC · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
66.5 x 33.4 x 9.2 red 25 x 25 50 25
External; 24 V PNP to
IEC61131-1
3 O2D910
66.5 x 33.4 x 9.2 infrared 25 x 25 50 25
IEC61131-1
3 O2D906
103 x 81 x 9.2 red 50 x 50 200 100
IEC61131-1
4 O2D911
Object recognition
124

Type Dimensions
[mm]
Type
of light
Active
illuminated
area
[mm]
I0
normal light
intensity
[mA]
I0
high light
intensity
[mA]
Trigger Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
PUR cable 0.15 m · metal · DC · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
103 x 81 x 9.2 infrared 50 x 50 200 100
IEC61131-1
4 O2D907
156 x 133 x 9.2 red 100 x 100 450 250
IEC61131-1
5 O2D912
156 x 133 x 9.2 infrared 100 x 100 450 250
IEC61131-1
5 O2D908
Illumination units, spotlight
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Type
of light
Active
illuminated
area
[mm]
I0
normal light
intensity
[mA]
I0
high light
intensity
[mA]
Trigger Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · metal · DC · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
42 x 42 x 31 red – 180 90
IEC61131-1
6 O2D909
Software for 2D sensors
no.
Operating software · O2D E2D200
Panel PC for vision sensors
no.
Touch Panel PC · AFL-12A-ATOM-N270/WT-R/1GB-R20 · 12.1“ colour display · Intel Atom CPU 1.6 GHz · 1 GByte RAM · Windows
XP Embedded
E2D400
Mounting bracket · for Touch Panel PC · for wall mounting · VESA standard 100 x 100 mm · Housing materials: fixture: metal E2D401
Mounting set · for Touch Panel PC · for control cabinet mounting · Housing materials: fixture: metal / End cap: plastics E2D402
Object recognition
125

Fixing components for 2D sensors
no.
Mounting set · O2D, O2M, O2I, O2V · Clamp mounting · rod mounting Ø 12 mm · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / clamp:
stainless steel
E2D110
stainless steel
E2D112
Reflective tapes, diffusers and protective panes for 2D sensors
no.
Reflective tape · TS-03 · 100 x 100 mm · Housing materials: plastics E2D106
Plastic diffuser · O2D / O2I · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA E21165
Plastic protective pane for the food industry · O2D / O2I · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA E21166
Glass protective pane · O2D / O2I · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: float glass E21168
Daylight filter · O2D · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA / Metal ring: aluminium black anodised E21172
Sensors for 3D object recognition
Type Operating
principle
Resolution
(pixels)
Angle of aperture
(horizontal x vertical)
[°]
Lighting Max.
sampling
rate
[Hz]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
PMD 3D sensor · Type O3D · M12 connector · metal · DC · Connector groups 4, 5
PMD 3D sensor 64 x 48 30 x 40 Infrared LED 20 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...50 7 O3D200
Object recognition
126

Software for 3D sensors
no.
Operating software for PMD 3D sensor · O3D E3D200
Fixing components for 3D sensors
no.
Mounting set · O3D · Clamp mounting · rod mounting Ø 14 mm · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel / clamp: stainless steel E3D103
Connection cables for 2D and 3D sensors
no.
Jumper · straight / straight · Ethernet · Cross-over patch cable · 2 m · Housing materials: PUR / PC E11898
Jumper · straight / straight · Ethernet · Patch cable · 2 m · Housing materials: PUR / PC E12090
Adapter · angled · Connector E21140
Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
1
4
2
3
1: Trigger, 2: Operating mode
“high light intensity”
Object recognition
127

1
M12x1
2
19
M12x1
53,54,3
20,5
44
19,7
33
145
24,5
42
57
80
60
21
9,5
7
3
1: display, 2: Focus setting, 3: Centre of the lens axes
2
M12x1
2
19
M12x1
42
57
80
60
21
9,5
7
3 59
4,3
20,5
49,5
25,2
38,5
1
45
24,5
3
9,2
33,4
25
25
21,9
66,5
19
3
4
3 LED
12,6
4
81
50
50
103
90
68
3,34,3
3 LED
24,6
9,8
5
9,8
133
100
100
156
141
119
7,3
3 LED
3,3
6
6
31
6
31
4,3
14
30
LED
24M12x1
54
LED
42
7
95
60,5
40
4563,8
16
75
137
120
123,5
18
M12x1
M12x1
94
21,5
1: lens, 2: Illumination unit, 3: Display / buttons / LEDs, 4: Focus set-
ting
Object recognition
128

Robust designs.
Industrial standard housings.
Cable entry for axial and radial use.
Designs with integrated
bus interface.
Hollow shaft encoder for direct
mounting on actuators.
Encoders
In many manufacturing and production processes encoders are indispensable as
reliable transducers to ensure precise positioning. They convert rotary movement
into digital signals. Encoders use the wear-free photoelectric detection. A pulse disc
firmly attached to the shaft ensures this detection.
Incremental encoders
Incremental encoders generate a precisely defined number of pulses per revolution.
They are a measure of the angular or linear distance moved.
The coded disc is divided into separate segments which are alternately transparent
or opaque. An LED emits a parallel-orientated light beam which illuminates all seg-
ments of the coded disc. Photo elements receive the modulated light and convert it
into two sinusoidal signals. Digitalisation electronics amplify the signals and shape
them into square-wave pulse trains which are generated via the line driver in the
output. The phase difference between signals A and B, which are phase-shifted by
90 degrees, allows evaluation of the direction of rotation.
Absolute encoders
Absolute encoders provide an absolute numerical value for each angular position.
This code value is available immediately after power is applied. This “absolute”
value makes a reference procedure like the one required for the incremental
encoder unnecessary. Absolute encoders are used wherever angular positions have
to be allocated to a certain value and where the detection of the present position is
absolutely necessary in the case of a power failure.
Singleturn and multiturn
Singleturn encoders divide a mechanical revolution (0 to 360 degrees) into a certain
number of measuring steps. The measuring values are repeated after one revolu-
tion. The maximum resolution is 8192. Multiturn encoders, however, do not only
detect angular positions but also distinguish between multiple revolutions.
Linear measurement
by means of a count-
er: Rotary movement
is converted into
digital signals.
Hollow shaft encoder
for direct mounting
on the axis.
Encoders
130

Incremental encoders with solid shaft 132 - 133
Incremental encoders with hollow shaft 133 - 134
Absolut singleturn - encoders (SSI) 134
Absolute multiturn encoders (SSI) 134
Absolute multiturn encoders (Profibus) 134
Absolute multiturn - encoders (CANopen) for mobile applications 135
Fixing accessories for encoders 135
Couplings for encoders 135
Measuring wheels for encoders 136
Encoders
131

Incremental encoders with solid shaft
Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 2 m · Output function HTL-output 50 mA, short-circuit protected < 1 min
100 10...30 160 50 6 -guatda.com/cmx.p30...70 radial / axially 1 RB6007
100 10...30 300 50 6 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...100 radial / axially 2 RU6003
100 10...30 300 50 10 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...100 radial / axially 3 RV6003
Encoders
132

Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Incremental encoders with hollow shaft
Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
100 10...30 160 50 6 H7 -guatda.com/cmx.p30...70 radial / axially 4 RA6007
100 10...30 300 50 12 H7 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...100 radial / axially 5 RO6342
Encoders
133
You can find scale drawings from page 136

Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Absolut singleturn - encoders (SSI)
Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 1 m · Output function SSI data interface
8192 10...30 – – 10 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...85 radial / axially 6 RN6055
Absolute multiturn encoders (SSI)
Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 1 m · Output function SSI data interface
8192 10...30 – – 6 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...85 radial / axially 2 RM6101
8192 10...30 – – 10 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...85 radial / axially 7 RM6104
Absolute multiturn encoders (Profibus)
Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Terminals · Output function Profibus data interface
25 bits 10...30 – – 6 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 – 8 RM3001
25 bits 10...30 – – 10 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...70 – 9 RM3005
Encoders
134

Absolute multiturn - encoders (CANopen) for mobile applications
Type Resolution Ub
[V]
f
[kHz]
Iload
[mA]
Shaft
[mm]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Cable
entry
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function CANopen interface · Connector group —
24 bits 10...30 – – 10 -guatda.com/cmx.p40...85 axial 10 RM9000
Fixing accessories for encoders
no.
Resilient base for angle flanges · Housing materials: aluminium black anodised E60036
Angle bracket · for encoders · for type RB, RC, RU, RN, RM · Housing materials: aluminium black anodised E60033
Angle bracket · for encoders · for type RMV, RV · Housing materials: aluminium black anodised E60035
Couplings for encoders
no.
Flexible coupling with clamp connection [KV] · Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · Housing materials: aluminium E60064
Spring disc coupling electrically isolating · Ø 6 mm / Ø 6 mm · Housing materials: diecast zinc / PA E60121
Encoders
135

Measuring wheels for encoders
no.
Measuring wheel · Ø 63.66 ±0.1 mm / Ø 6 mm · smooth plastic · Housing materials: wheel: Hytrel TPE-E E60111
Measuring wheel · Ø 63.66 ±0.1 mm / Ø 10 mm · smooth plastic · Housing materials: wheel: Hytrel TPE-E E60112
Measuring wheel · Ø 63.66 ±0.1 mm / Ø 6 mm · grooved plastic · Housing materials: wheel: Hytrel TPE-E E60137
Measuring wheel · Ø 63.66 ±0.1 mm / Ø 10 mm · grooved plastic · Housing materials: wheel: Hytrel TPE-E E60138
1
25
1
2
37,5
6
18
35
2
15
30°
4,5
1: reference mark, 2: M3 5 mm deep
2
4
3
6
50
58
3
10
h7
46,7±0,5
6
120°
42
1 2
3
10
36
58
f8
1
1,5
2046,7±0,5
106
48
120°
1 2
4
3,3
42
20
6
351,52 x
13,5
42,1
21
H7
30°
4,5
5
20
63
68
3,2
6
34,5
12H7
24
28
47,2±0,5
58
TX 8
6
6
120°
42
1 2
4
3
10
50
58
3
20
h7
46,7±0,5
Encoders
136

7
4
3
10
50
58
3
20
h7
46,7±0,5
6
120°
42
1
M4 5 mm deep
8
120°
42
20°
24
1
80
18
4
3
6
50
58
3
10,5
h7
1: M4 5 mm deep
9
120°
48
20°
24
1
70
18
10
36
58
20
f8
10
1: M4 5 mm deep
10
36,5
30
24
LED
2023 36 9
100
4
4
10
57
M12x1
Encoders
137

Easy adjustment and parameter
setting.
Primary voltage 24V dc or
110 / 230V ac, wide-range input.
Programmable switching characteristics.
Standstill, overspeed, direction, slip and
frequency conversion, counter.
Switching relays and transistor outputs,
scalable analogue output.
Evaluation systems
Although PLC applications in industrial automation are becoming more and more
versatile there are still numerous processes in practice which require decentralised
monitoring.
For this ifm electronic offers a number of pulse evaluation systems in the product
group “ecomat 200”. The application area ranges from simple standstill monitoring
or blockage protection of a conveyor belt, maximum speed monitoring in wind
power stations, slip monitoring of couplings through to direction monitoring, e.g.
twin pumps with non-return valves.
Different units for rail mounting and compact designs in M18 and M30 metal
housings are available. They include microprocessor-controlled units for pane
mounting to display analogue signals, RPM, speeds, processing times, quantities
and electronic preset counters for the detection of quantities or linear
measurement.
All units are distinguished by a high reliability and easy handling. Independent of
the PLC they indicate operating states or signal faults. This helps to reduce down-
times and production loss.
ifm electronic offers the following evaluation systems:
– Speed monitors
– Standstill monitors
– Slip / synchronisation monitors
– Direction monitors
– Frequency-to-current converters
– Threshold relays
– Displays with frequency and analogue input
– Counters
– Switching amplifiers
Pulse evaluation
systems are used for
decentralised moni-
toring of drives.
Machine cycles must
also be monitored in
conveying.
Evaluation systems
138

Universal speed monitors 140
Safety standstill monitors, SIL 3, PL e 140
Speed monitor with integrated sensor 140
Speed monitors with integrated sensor, ATEX category 3D 141
2-channel threshold relay for analogue standard signals 141
Multifunctional displays for analogue standard signals 141
Accessories pulse divider / pulse stretcher 142
Accessories 142
Wiring diagrams 142
Evaluation systems
139

Universal speed monitors
Type Ub
[V]
In-
puts
Input
function
Setting
range
[puls. / min.]
Setting
range
[Hz]
Out-
puts
analog
Out-
puts
relays
Out-
puts
transist.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
FR-1 · 2 switch points for monitoring overspeed/underspeed and acceptable range
110...240 AC/DC (50...60
Hz) / 27 DC (typ. 24 DC)
1 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 1 2 2 1 DD2003
Hz) / 27 DC (typ. 24 DC)
1 PNP / NPN / Namur 1...60000 0.1...1000 1 2 2 1 DD2004
Safety standstill monitors, SIL 3, PL e
Type Ub
[V]
In-
puts
Input
function
Setting
range
[puls. / min.]
Setting
range
[Hz]
Out-
puts
analog
Out-
puts
relays
Out-
puts
transist.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
· Monitoring rotational or linear movements for minimum switch point not reached (standstill)
24 DC 1 PNP –
0.2 / 0.5 /
1.0 / 2.0
– 2 1 2 DA101S
Speed monitor with integrated sensor
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Electrical
design
Ub
[V]
Setting
range
[puls. / min.]
Start-up
delay
[s]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Output · Wiring diagram no. 1
M30 / L = 81 10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...300 15 3 DI5001
M30 / L = 81 10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 30...3000 15 3 DI5003
M30 / L = 81 10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 30...3000 0 3 DI5011
Output · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group 3
M30 / L = 82 10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...300 15 4 DI5009
Evaluation systems
140

Speed monitors with integrated sensor, ATEX category 3D
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Sensing
range
[mm]
Electrical
design
Ub
[V]
Setting
range
[puls. / min.]
Start-up
delay
[s]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Output · Wiring diagram no. 1
M30 / L = 81 10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 5...300 15 3 DI501A
Output · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group —
M30 / L = 82 10 f DC PNP 10...36 DC 5...300 15 4 DI502A
Output · Wiring diagram no. 3 · Connector group —
M18 / L = 68 12 nf DC PNP 10...36 DC 3...6000 0...15 5 DI601A
2-channel threshold relay for analogue standard signals
Type Ub
[V]
In-
puts
Input
function
Setting
range
[puls. / min.]
Setting
range
[Hz]
Out-
puts
analog
Out-
puts
relays
Out-
puts
transist.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
AL-3 · 2-channel analogue threshold relay for analogue standard signals
Hz) / 27 DC (typ. 24 DC)
2 2 x 0/4...20 mA – – 1 1 1 6 DL2003
Multifunctional displays for analogue standard signals
Type Ub
[V]
In-
puts
Input
function
Setting
range
[puls. / min.]
Setting
range
[Hz]
Out-
puts
analog
Out-
puts
relays
Out-
puts
transist.
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
· scaleable display for sensors with analogue output (e.g. pressure sensors, flow sensors)
– 1 4...20 mA – – – – – 7 E89150
Evaluation systems
141

Accessories pulse divider / pulse stretcher
ing
no.
Order
no.
Pulse divider · Ratio input/output pulse 10:1 · Housing for DIN rail mounting · plastics 8 E80100
Pulse divider · Division 1...255 9 E80102
Pulse stretcher · Pulse length · IN (min): > 0.2 ms / OUT: 25 ms · Housing for DIN rail mounting · plastics 8 E80110
Accessories
no.
Core colours
BK black
BN brown
BU blue
Wiring diagrams
1
BN
BK
BU
L+
L
2
L+
L
1
4
3
3
4
L
L+
1
2
3
2: pulse output (the pulse
sequence corresponds to the
damping frequency), 4: swit-
ching output (adjustable)
Evaluation systems
142

1
45
78
1 4 652
19 20 21 22 23 24
13 14 15 16 17 18
3
97A1 8A2 10 11 12
120
35,5
1
2
25
100
LED
35,5
105
3
36
81
67
58
5
M30x1,5
9
18
2 LED
pot. 61
4
36
82
66
59
5
LED
M30x1,5
M12x1
92
pot.
5
M12x1
77
56
40
M18x1
68
10
4
2421
1: 3 LED, 2: setting pushbutton
6
45
78
1 4 652
19 20 21 22 23 24
13 14 15 16 17 18
3
97 8 10 11 12
120
35,5
1
7
75
39
50 4
33
control panel cutout: 68 x 33 mm (according to DIN)
8
66
4228
96
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
9
98
59
LED
71
Evaluation systems
143

Evaluation systems
for safety and EX
144

Evaluation systems
for safety and EX
145
Safety
146 - 147
148
149
EX
150 - 151
152
152

Multifunctional with relay outputs
or semiconductor outputs.
Connection of electro-sensitive
protective equipment.
e-stop and possibility to connect
mechanical safety relays.
Two-hand control to EN 574 up to
type IIIC, mechanical or electronic.
Certified to IEC 61508, ISO 13849-1,
EN 574.
Safety relays for protection of operators and machinery
The EC machinery directive stipulates machinery should not present a risk (EN1050
and EN ISO 14121-1). Since there is no zero risk, the aim is to achieve an acceptable
residual risk. If safety is dependent on control systems, these must be designed so
as to minimise malfunction.
For this, ifm offers multifunctional safety relays. A major advantage of these units is
their flexibility. They perform monitoring tasks in safety applications in conjunction
with different electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE).
On the safe side.
The relays are certified according to IEC 61508 SIL3, ISO 13849-1 PL e and EN 574
up to type IIIC.
They have several multifunctional self-detecting and self-monitoring inputs as well
as short-circuit proof outputs. Concerning the type of output the user can select
between relay outputs and semiconductor outputs. Moreover, outputs with switch-
off delay are available for specific applications.
It is possible to connect OSSD sensors, mechanical switches (e-stop) or implement
two-hand applications with electronic or mechanical switches. When used as two-
hand control devices, the requirements of type IIIB to EN574 can be met.
The units have a simultaneity monitoring of inputs. The offer the functions
“automatic start” or “monitored start” and also allow monitoring of external relay
contacts.
Mechanical as well as
electronic safety sen-
sors can be connected
to the safety relays.
Safety relays monitor
complete series of
safety sensors.
Evaluation systems
for safety and EX
146

Safety relays with relay outputs for fail-safe sensors 148
Safety relays with solid state outputs for fail-safe sensors 148
Safety relays for safety light curtains 148
Accessories 148
Safety
147

Safety relays with relay outputs for fail-safe sensors
Type Ub
[V]
Electrical
design
ISO 13849-1:
Categorie /
performance Level
IEC 61508:
SIL
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
24 relay 4 / e 3 1 G1501S
24 relay 4 / e 3 2 G1502S
Safety relays with solid state outputs for fail-safe sensors
Type Ub
[V]
Electrical
design
ISO 13849-1:
Categorie /
performance Level
IEC 61508:
SIL
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
24 Semi-conductor outputs 4 / e 3 3 G1503S
Safety relays for safety light curtains
Type Ub
[V]
Electrical
design
ISO 13849-1:
Categorie /
performance Level
IEC 61508:
SIL
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
24 relay 4 / e 3 4 G2001S
Accessories
no.
Safety T-splitter · T-piece for the pseudo-serial connection of fail-safe sensors · Housing materials: PUR E11569
Evaluation systems
for safety and EX
148

1
25
100
LED
35,5
105
2
114
LED
50 105
35,5
1: Rotary switch for switch-off delay, 2: Combicon connector with
screw terminals, 3: mounting on DIN rail
3
25
100
LED
105
35,5
4
114,5
99
35
Safety
149

One or two-channel NAMUR switching
amplifiers to IEC 60947-5-6.
Short-circuit and wire-break monitoring.
Programmable output function.
Relay or transistor outputs.
Easy mounting on DIN rail.
Hazardous gas and dust areas
ATEX stands for “atmosphère explosible“. The 94/9/EC and 1992/92/EC directives
are also commonly called “ATEX directives”.
You can find hazardous areas in many different industries. Examples are the food
and feedstuffs industry, woodworking, disposal and recycling operations and the
typical industries of chemistry, for example gas and oil-processing plants.
It is basically distinguished between “G” (gas, i.e. fog, steams) and “D” (dust).
There are three unit categories each for gas and dust (1 - 3) that are analogous to
the gas zones 0 / 1 / 2 or dust zones 20 / 21 / 22. Example: Electrical apparatus of
the 1G category may be operated in zone 0.
NAMUR switching amplifiers for hazardous areas
The one or two-channel NAMUR switching amplifiers evaluate the sensor signal and
control the output. They meet all requirements of the ATEX directives. Switching
amplifiers with relay and transistor output are available. The switching amplifiers are
designed for the connection of NAMUR sensors to IEC 60947-5-6 and mechanical
switches. They provide the voltage supply via an electrical separation for the
intrinsically safe circuit.
Further features of the switching amplifiers are:
– Programmable effective direction of the output.
– Relay output designed as changeover contact.
– Short-circuit proof transistor outputs.
– The sensor cables are monitored for wire break and short circuit. In case of a
fault, the output is blocked or the relay is de-energised.
Typical hazardous gas
areas are found in the
chemical industry, for
example in gas and
petroleum processing.
Examples for the
hazardous dust areas
are the food and
feedstuffs industries,
but also disposal and
recycling operations.
Evaluation systems
for safety and EX
150

Switching amplifiers with ATEX approval 152
EX
151

Switching amplifiers with ATEX approval
Type Ub
[V]
Power / current
consumption
[VA] / [mA]
f
[Hz]
Ta
[°C]
Output Protection Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
115 1.3 / 10 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...60 relay (1 changeover contact per channel) IP 20 1 N0032A
24 / < 23 10 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...60 relay (1 changeover contact) IP 20 1 N0530A
24 / < 50 5000 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...60
2 transistor outputs PNP (100 mA, short-
circuit protection)
IP 20 1 N0531A
1
112
35,5
20
120
LED
1
1: Combicon plug with screw terminals (optional)
Evaluation systems
for safety and EX
152

No movings parts means high
reliability and long life.
Guided wave radar, capacitive and
hydrostatic level sensors.
Outputs for continuous or point level
measurement.
Integrated LED display for local
indication of the current level.
Suitable for common industrial and
process fluids.
Level sensors
In industrial applications where fluids or bulk material are used, storage tanks or
silos are used for processing or storing of media. Sensors are used to detect the
levels. Even critical process conditions such as emptying a hydraulic tank or the
unintentional overspill of a tank are monitored by level sensors.
Advantages of electronic sensors
Deposits and wear and tear often lead to failures in particular if mechanical
switches are in contact with the medium. The electronic ifm sensors however can
do without any mechanical components. This makes the sensors especially robust
and reliable.
Another advantage of electronic sensors is the local indication of the level or the
easy setting of the switching threshold simply by pressing a button.
Measurement technique
For continuous level measurement the level is detected continuously, converted
into an electrical signal and indicated. Depending on the type the units have freely
programmable switching outputs or an analogue output for further processing.
Continuous level sensors from ifm electronic use three different physical measuring
principles:
For capacitive measurement the probe and the tank form an electrical capacitor.
The capacity changes with the level and is converted into a level measurement by a
microprocessor.
For hydrostatic level measurement a measuring cell detects the hydrostatic pressure
of the material. Here the pressure change is a measure for the level.
The efector gwr level sensor operates on the principle of guided wave radar.
Electromagnetic pulses are transmitted by the sensor head and guided along the
probe. If the microwave pulse hits the medium to be detected, it is reflected and
the time of flight is evaluated by the sensor.
Measurement in
the medium:
Probe sensors will be
directly immersed in
the medium to be
monitored.
For special applica-
tions: Capacitive
probe sensor for
monitoring oils and
coolants.
Level sensors
154

Electronic level sensors for oils and coolants 156
Point level sensors for oils and lubricants 156 - 157
Point level sensors for hygienic areas 157
Variable level sensors, guided wave radar 157
Sensors for hydrostatic level monitoring 158
Sensors for hydrostatic level monitoring in hygienic and wet areas 158 - 159
Oil humidity sensor 159
Accessories for level sensors LK, LT, LL, LI 159 - 160
Accessories for level sensors LR 160 - 161
Accessories for level sensors PA, PG, PI, PN, PS, PY 161 - 162
Accessories for level sensors LM 162 - 163
Level sensors
155

Electronic level sensors for oils and coolants
Type Probe length
[mm]
Active
zone
[mm]
Inactive
zone
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[°C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[°C]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) · Output function 1 x analogue 4...20 mA / 0...10 V (OUT2); 1 x normally open /
closed programmable (OUT-OP) · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
264 195 53 / 15 18...30
0...35 (LK3122 +
E43100: 0...65)
0...70 200 1 LK3122
472 390 53 / 30 18...30
728 585 102 / 40 18...30
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) · Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable · DC PNP · Wiring dia-
gram no. 2 · Connector group 3
264 195 53 / 15 18...30
472 390 53 / 30 18...30
728 585 102 / 40 18...30
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) · Output function 3 x normally open / closed programmable (OUT1...OUT3);
1 x normally open / closed programmabl (OUT-OP) · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 3 · Connector groups 4, 5
264 195 53 / 15 18...30
472 390 53 / 30 18...30
728 585 102 / 40 18...30
Point level sensors for oils and lubricants
Type Probe length
[mm]
Output Ub
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[°C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[°C]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
132
programmable
10...36
0...35 (LI5141 +
0...65 200 3 LI5141
273
programmable
Level sensors
156

Type Probe length
[mm]
Output Ub
[V]
Medium
temperature
water
[°C]
Medium
temperature
oil
[°C]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
481
programmable
737
programmable
Point level sensors for hygienic areas
Type Process
connection
Process pressure
max.
[bar]
Application Protection Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function normally open / closed complementary · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 5 · Connector group 3
G½ -guatda.com/cmx.p1...16 water, water-based medium IP 68 / IP 69K 4 LMT100
G½ -guatda.com/cmx.p1...16 oils, grease IP 68 / IP 69K 4 LMT110
Variable level sensors, guided wave radar
Type Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Active
zone
[mm]
Inactive
zone
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Iload
[mA]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) · Output function normally open / closed programmable; 4...20 mA or 0...10 V · DC
PNP · Wiring diagram no. 6 · Connector group 3
G¾ A 100...1600
HIGH: L - 40;
LOW: L - 60
HIGH: 30 / 10;
LOW: 30 / 30
18...30 0...80 200 5 LR3000
gram no. 2 · Connector group 3
G¾ A 100...1600
HIGH: L - 40;
LOW: L - 60
HIGH: 30 / 10;
LOW: 30 / 30
gram no. 7 · Connector groups 4, 5
G¾ A 100...1600
HIGH: L - 40;
LOW: L - 60
HIGH: 30 / 10;
LOW: 30 / 30
Level sensors
157

Sensors for hydrostatic level monitoring
Type Measuring
range
[bar]
Cable length /
material
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Output 4...20 mA analogue · Wiring diagram no. 8
0...0.25
5 m
PUR cable
2 2.4 10...30 7 PS3208
0...0.6
10 m
PUR cable
4 4.8 10...30 7 PS3407
15 m
PUR cable
5 6 10...30 7 PS3417
Output 4...20 mA analogue · Wiring diagram no. 9 · Connector group 3
0...0.25 M12 connector 10 30 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 8 PA3028
Sensors for hydrostatic level monitoring in hygienic and wet areas
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / normally closed programmable + 1 x normally open / normally closed pro-
grammable or 1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) · Wiring diagram no. 10 · Connector group 3
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p005...0.1 4 30 20...32 9 PI2789
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.0guatda.com/cmx.p124...0.25 10 30 20...32 9 PI2798
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -guatda.com/cmx.p1...1 10 30 20...32 9 PI2799
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p05...1 10 30 20...32 9 PI2797
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) · Wiring
diagram no. 11 · Connector group 3
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p005...0.1 4 30 18...32 10 PG2789
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.0guatda.com/cmx.p124...0.25 10 30 18...32 10 PG2798
Level sensors
158

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) · Wiring
diagram no. 11 · Connector group 3
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -guatda.com/cmx.p1...1 10 30 18...32 10 PG2799
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p05...1 10 30 18...32 10 PG2797
Oil humidity sensor
Type Process
connection
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Protection Medium
temperature
oil
[°C]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 4...20 mA analogue · Wiring diagram no. 12 · Connector groups 4, 5
G¾ 10 IP 67 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...100 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...85 11 LDH100
Accessories for level sensors LK, LT, LL, LI
no.
Flange plate · 54-52X52 D16 · for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL · Housing materials: flange: aluminium anodised / nut:
stainless steel / Spacer: brass / rubber ring: FPM / sealing: Tesnit
E43007
Flange plate · 65-80 D16 · for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL · Housing materials: flange: aluminium anodised / nut: stainless
steel / Spacer: brass / rubber ring: FPM
E43006
Flange plate · 73-90 D16 · for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL · according to DIN 24557 · Housing materials: aluminium
anodised / nut: stainless steel / Spacer: brass / rubber ring: FPM / sealing: NBR
E43001
Mounting adapter · G ¾ D16 · for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL · Housing materials: flange: stainless steel / nut: stainless steel
/ Spacer: brass / rubber ring: FPM / sealing: Tesnit
E43003
Mounting adapter · G 1 D16 · for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL · Housing materials: flange: stainless steel / nut: stainless steel
/ Spacer: brass / rubber ring: FPM / sealing: Tesnit
E43004
Welding adapter · Ø 50 D16 · for capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL · Housing materials: flange: stainless steel / nut: stainless steel
/ Spacer: brass / rubber ring: FPM
E43002
Level sensors
159

no.
Protective cover · for LK / LL / LR / LT sensors · Housing materials: PP E43910
Accessories for level sensors LR
no.
Flange plate · 65-80 / G ¾ · for level sensors LR · Housing materials: flange: stainless steel E43202
Flange plate · 73-90 / G ¾ · for level sensors LR · according to DIN 24557 · Housing materials: flange: stainless steel / sealing: NBR E43201
Probe · Probe length: 240 mm · for level sensors LR · Housing materials: stainless steel E43203
Coaxial pipe · Length: 240 mm · G¾ · for level sensors LR · Housing materials: stainless steel / sealing: Tesnit / centring piece: PP /
fixing bracket: stainless steel
E43211
E43212
E43213
Level sensors
160

no.
E43214
E43215
E43216
E43217
Accessories for level sensors PA, PG, PI, PN, PS, PY
no.
Adapter · G ¼ - G ½ · Housing materials: stainless steel / sealing: FPM E30000
Adapter · G ¼ - G ¼ · Housing materials: stainless steel / FPM E30007
Cable clamp fastener · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · Housing materials: steel / plastics E30399
Filter element · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · for fixing on the capillary tube E30400
Splitter box · with ventilation and terminal block · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · Housing materials: plastics E30401
Additional weight · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E30402
Welding adapter · Ø 50 mm · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring · Housing materials: stainless steel
316L / 1.4435
E30122
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · pipe fitting · DN40 (1.5“) · DIN 11851 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring ·
Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E33212
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · pipe fitting · DN50 (2“) · DIN 11851 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring ·
E33213
Level sensors
161

no.
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · pipe fitting · DN40 (1.5“) · DIN 11851 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal ·
E33712
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · pipe fitting · DN50 (2“) · DIN 11851 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal ·
E33713
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Clamp · 1-1.5“ · ISO 2852 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring · Housing
materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E33201
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Clamp · 1-1.5“ · ISO 2852 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal · Housing
E33701
Accessories for level sensors LM
no.
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 29 mm · for pipes · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43301
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 30 mm · for tanks · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43300
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 35 mm · ball · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E30055
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 45 mm · collar · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E30056
Tuning fork adapter · G ¾ · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43302
Tuning fork adapter · G 1 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43303
Adapter · G ½ · pipe fitting · DN25 (1“) · DIN 11851 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43304
Adapter · G ½ · pipe fitting · DN40 (1.5“) · DIN 11851 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43305
Adapter · G ½ · Varivent type F · DN25 (1“), D = 50 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43306
Level sensors
162

no.
Adapter · G ½ · Varivent type N · DN40 (1.5“), D = 68 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43307
G ½ adapter · Clamp · 1-1.5“ · ISO 2852 / DIN 32676 · for units with G ½ adaptation · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
E33401
G ½ adapter · Clamp · 2“ · ISO 2852 / DIN 32676 · for units with G ½ adaptation · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E33402
sealing plug · G ½ · for G ½ adapter · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43308
Core colours
BN brown
GY grey
WH white
Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
3 BU
4 BK
2 WH
1 BN
Out-OP
Out 2
4:
2:
2
2
L
L+
4
1
3Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
3
Out-OP / Out 4
3
4
2
5
6
Out 1
Out 3
L+
1
n.c.
7
Out 2
L
4
L+
L
1
4
3
5
4
L
L+
1
2
32:
4:
6
L+
LOUT1
OUT2
4:
2:
4
2
1
3
7
L+
L
n.c.
Out 4
Out 1
Out 2
1
2
4
6
7
3
Out 3
5
8
BN
GY
WH
L+
L
9
L+
L
1
2
Level sensors
163

Wiring diagrams
10
4
1
3
2
L+
L
OUT2
OUT1
2
4
1
3
2
L+
L
P
3
L+
L
1
2
1
1: connection for 2-wire operation, 2: connection for 3-wire opera-
tion, 3: connection for IO-Link parameter setting (P = communication
via IO-Link)
11
4
1
3
2
L+
L
2
1
3
4
L+
L
12
screen
L+
L
Out 1
Out 2
1
8
7
6
3
4
5
2
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
1
30,5
64
M12x1
4
3
I1
L
16
50
57
AI2
32
1
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming buttons, 4:
Housing connection (flat-pin connector 6.3 mm following DIN 46244)
2
30,5
64
M12x1
4
3
I1
L
16
50
57
AI2
32
1
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming buttons, 4:
Housing connection (flat-pin connector 6.3 mm following DIN 46244)
3
L
16
53
M12x1
LED
21,3
1
16,6
A
Level sensors
164

4
12
46
88
30
18
102
G 21
LED
27
1: tightening torque 20...25 Nm
5
30
63
M12x1
G 43
8 6
32
I1
L
50
57AI2
32
1
78
87
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs (display unit / switching sta-
tus), 3: Programming buttons, 4: sealing
6
30
63
M12x1
G 43
8 6
32
I1
L
50
57AI2
32
1
78
87
tus), 3: Programming buttons, 4: sealing
7
100
27
8
75
M12x1
30
30
27
1,3
21,5
14
G 41
9
16,8
G1
64
M12x1
105,8
52,8
50
34
1
2 3
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming button
10
24
3
153
16,8
100
2
1
57
60,5
M12x1
G1
1: Analogue display, 2: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 3: Programming
button
11
32
42
M12x1
21,6
54
44 43
14
G43
Level sensors
165

For liquids and gases.
Special versions for food
applications and hazardous areas.
Optional fittings for variable
process connection.
Flow monitoring also for
aggressive media.
Flow sensors
In almost all fields of process and plant engineering liquids or gases are used for
coolant and lubricant supply of machines and units, ventilation of installations and
buildings and the processing of products. In case of no flow of these media
considerable damage and downtime may result. Thus it is very important to monitor
these media. In modern installations electronic flow monitors are used for this
purpose. They work without wear and tear and without mechanical components.
This guarantees reliable monitoring even in case of difficult media over a long
period.
Operating principle
Electronic flow sensors from ifm electronic operate with different measurement
techniques. They meet all requirements from a simple monitoring function to the
exact detection of flow quantities.
Harmonised operating menus ensure that operators who use different flow sensors
can quickly and precisely carry out settings on the sensors. Some flow sensors
feature an integrated temperature monitor which makes an additional measuring
point unnecessary. This enables to control processes in the optimum operating
status especially with regard to energy savings.
Analogue, binary and pulse outputs offer various possibilities to process the
measured data. Due to the flexible programming by means of pushbuttons the
flow sensors can be adapted to different conditions. The sensors are mounted via
adapters.
Monitoring very small
flow rates: Flow moni-
tor with flow adapter.
Optimised
consumption of
compressed air.
Flow sensors
166

Magnetic-inductive flow sensors with integrated temperature measurement (sealing material FKM) 168
Magnetic-inductive flow sensors with integrated temperature measurement (sealing material EPDM) 168
Magnetic-inductive flow sensors (sealing material FKM) 169
Compact housings for adapters for flow monitoring 169
Flow sensors for connection to control monitors, industrial applications 169 - 170
Control monitors for industrial applications 170
Compressed air meters 171
Compressed air meter for special gases 171
Ultrasonic flow rate sensors for liquids (water, glycol solutions, oils) 171 - 172
Accessories for flow sensors and control monitors 172
Flange adapters for flow sensors 172 - 174
Accessories for volumetric flow sensors 174
Grounding clamps for magnetic-inductive volumetric flow sensors 175
Flow sensors
167

Magnetic-inductive flow sensors with integrated temperature measurement (sealing material
FKM)
Type Process
connection
Measuring
range
[l/min]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Output OUT1: normally open / closed programmable or pulse OUT2: normally open / closed programmable or analogue
(4...20 mA / 0...10 V, scaleable) · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
G½ 0.guatda.com/cmx.p25...25.00 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...70 16 < 0.150 19...30 1 SM6000
Output 2 x analogue (4...20 mA scalable) · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group 3
G¾ 0.guatda.com/cmx.p5...50.0 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...70 16 < 0.150 19...30 2 SM7000
G1 0.guatda.com/cmx.p7...100.0 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...70 16 < 0.150 19...30 3 SM8000
Magnetic-inductive flow sensors with integrated temperature measurement (sealing material
EPDM)
Type Process
connection
Measuring
range
[l/min]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Flow sensors
168

Magnetic-inductive flow sensors (sealing material FKM)
Type Process
connection
Measuring
range
[l/min]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 4...20 mA analogue · DC · Wiring diagram no. 3 · Connector group 3
G½ 0...25 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...70 16 < 0.150 19...30 4 SM6050
G¾ 0...50 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...70 16 < 0.150 19...30 5 SM7050
G1 0...100 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...70 16 < 0.150 19...30 6 SM8050
Compact housings for adapters for flow monitoring
Type Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Wiring diagram no. 4
3...300 / 200...3000 3...100 / 200...800 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 30 1...10 19...36 7 SI5000
1/2” UNF-Connector · Wiring diagram no. 5
3...300 / 200...3000 3...100 / 200...800 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 300 1...10 85...265 8 SI5006*
3...300 / 200...3000 3...100 / 200...800 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 300 1...2 / 1...10 19...36 9 SI5010
Miniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, ≤ 5 A (fast acting) Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after a short
circuit.
Flow sensors for connection to control monitors, industrial applications
Type Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Response
time
[s]
Max. T0
gradient
[K/min]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
3...300 / 200...3000 3...60 / 200...800 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 1...10 30 30 10 SF6200
Flow sensors
169

Type Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Response
time
[s]
Max. T0
gradient
[K/min]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Control monitors for industrial applications
Type Ub /
Tolerance
[V] / [%]
Current
consumpt.
[mA]
Power
consumpt.
[VA]
Power-on
delay
time
[s]
Output
when flow is
present
Output
when
temperature
is exceeded
Output
in case of
wire break
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Combicon connector · Wiring diagram no. 8
90...240 AC
/ -5 /+10
– 4 10...80 relay energised relay energised relay de-energised 14 SN0150*
Combicon connector · Wiring diagram no. 9
24 DC / +10
/ -20
90 – 10...80 relay energised relay energised relay de-energised 14 SR0150*
19...36 DC 70 – 10
no / nc
programmable
– – 15 SR5900
1/2” UNF-Connector · Wiring diagram no. 5
85...265 AC
/ -5 / +10
– < 3.5 10
no / nc
programmable
– – 16 SR5906*
Miniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, ≤ 5 A (fast acting) Recommendation: check the unit for reliable function after a short
circuit.
Flow sensors
170

Compressed air meters
Type Process
connection
Setting range
[Nm3/h]
Accuracy within
measuring range
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
(4...20 mA scaleable) · Wiring diagram no. 10 · Connector group 3
R½ (DN15) 0.guatda.com/cmx.p7...75.0
A): ± (3% MW + 0.3%
MEW) / B): ± (6% MW +
0.6% MEW) *
16 < 0.1 19...30 17 SD6000
Output 2 x normally open / closed programmable or 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA scalea-
ble) or 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x pulse output (programmable) · Wiring diagram no. 10 · Connector group 3
R1 (DN25) 1.guatda.com/cmx.p1...225.0
A): ± (3% MW + 0.3%
MEW) / B): ± (6% MW +
0.6% MEW)
R1½ (DN40) 3.guatda.com/cmx.p5...410.0
A): ± (3% MW + 0.3%
MEW) / B): ± (6% MW +
0.6% MEW) *
R2 (DN50) 6...700
A): ± (3% MW + 0.3%
MEW) / B): ± (6% MW +
0.6% MEW) *
Compressed air meter for special gases
Type Process
connection
Setting range
[Nm3/h]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G¼ (DN8)
Ar: 0.guatda.com/cmx.p08...24.54 / CO2: 0.047
(0.04)...14.38 / N2: 0.05
(0.06)...14.94
0...60 16 < 0.1 19...30 21 SD5100
R½ (DN15)
Ar: 0.39 (0.4)...118.2 / CO2:
0.24 (0.2)...71.7 / N2: 0.24
(0.2)...73.0
0...60 16 < 0.1 19...30 22 SD6100
Ultrasonic flow rate sensors for liquids (water, glycol solutions, oils)
Type Process
connection
Measuring
range
[l/min]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G¾ 0.guatda.com/cmx.p1...50.0 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...80 16 < 0.250 19...30 23 SU7000
G1 0.guatda.com/cmx.p2...100.0 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...80 16 < 0.250 19...30 24 SU8000
Flow sensors
171

Type Process
connection
Measuring
range
[l/min]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G1¼ 0.guatda.com/cmx.p4...200.0 -guatda.com/cmx.p10...80 16 < 0.250 19...30 25 SU9000
Accessories for flow sensors and control monitors
no.
Adapter block · D10 / G ¼ · for flow sensors type SID, SF5 · Optimised for flow rate · 0.guatda.com/cmx.p2...2 l/min (SI1xxx) 0.guatda.com/cmx.p2...3 l/min (SI5xxx) ·
E40161
Adapter block · D15 / G ½ · for flow sensors type SID, SF5 · Optimised for flow rate · 0.guatda.com/cmx.p5...5 l/min (SI1xxx) 0.guatda.com/cmx.p5...7 l/min (SI5xxx) ·
E40162
Adapter · M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1 · Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: · 13.5 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
E40101
Adapter · M18 x 1.5 - G ¼ · Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: · 13.5 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
E40099
Adapter · M18 x 1.5 - G ½ · Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: · 21 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E40096
Combicon connector · with cage clamps 4 poles · Housing materials: current carrying parts: copper alloy tin-plated · Pack quantity: 5 E40171
Protective cover · for flow sensors type SI5xxx, SI6xxx, SR59xx · Housing materials: PP uncoloured E40203
Flange adapters for flow sensors
no.
E33201
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Clamp · 2“ · ISO 2852 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring · Housing
E33202
Flow sensors
172

no.
E33701
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Clamp · 2“ · ISO 2852 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal · Housing materials:
stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E33702
E33211
E33212
E33213
E33711
E33712
E33713
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Varivent type F · DN25 (1“), D = 50 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring ·
E33221
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Varivent type N · DN40 (1.5“), D = 68 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring ·
E33222
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Varivent type F · DN25 (1“), D = 50 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal ·
E33721
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Varivent type N · DN40 (1.5“), D = 68 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal ·
E33722
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · pipe fitting · DN40 (1.5“) · SMS · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal · Housing
E33731
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · pipe fitting · DN50 (2“) · SMS · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal · Housing
E33732
Flow sensors
173

no.
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · flange · DRD · D = 65 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring · Housing
E33242
316L / 1.4435
E30122
Accessories for volumetric flow sensors
no.
Adapter · G ½ - R ½ · R ½ · for flow monitor type SM6 · flat seal · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 · Pack quantity: 2 E40199
Adapter · G ½ - G ¾ · G ½ · for flow monitor type SM6 · flat seal · Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel E40189
Adapter · G ¾ - R ½ · for flow monitor type SM7 / SU7 · Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel · Pack quantity: 2 E40178
Adapter · G 1 - R ½ · for flow monitor type SM8 / SU8 · Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel · Pack quantity: 2 E40179
Adapter · G 1 - R ¾ · for flow monitor type SM8 / SU8 · Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel · Pack quantity: 2 E40180
Adapter · G 1¼ - R 1 · for flow monitor type SU9 · Housing materials: high-grade stainless steel · Pack quantity: 2 E40205
Adapter · G ½ - G ½ · for flow monitor type SM6 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 · Pack quantity: 2 E40213
Adapter · G ¾ - G ½ · for flow monitor type SM7 / SU7 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 · Pack quantity: 2 E40214
Adapter · G 1 - G ¾ · for flow monitor type SM8 / SU8 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 · Pack quantity: 2 E40215
Adapter · G ¾ - G ¾ · for flow monitor type SM7 / SU7 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 · Pack quantity: 2 E40216
Adapter · G 1 - G 1 · for flow monitor type SM8 / SU8 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 · Pack quantity: 2 E40217
Flow sensors
174

Grounding clamps for magnetic-inductive volumetric flow sensors
no.
Grounding clamp G½ · for flow monitor type SM6 · Housing materials: stainless steel E40196
Grounding clamp G ¾ · for flow monitor type SM7 · Housing materials: stainless steel E40197
Grounding clamp G 1 · for flow monitor type SM8 · Housing materials: stainless steel E40198
Core colours
BN brown
BU blue
BK black
WH white
GY grey
Wiring diagrams
1
4
1
3
2
OUT2/InD
L+
L
BN
BU
OUT1
WH
BK
2
L+
LOUT1
OUT2
4:
2:
4
2
1
3
3
L+
L
3
2
4
1
n.c.
n.c. = not connected
4
L+
L
1
4
3
5
1
3
4
2
5
n.c.
L1
N
Out
6
P
L+1
4
3
2
L
P = programming wire (for
remote adjustment)
7
2 WH
1 BN
4 BK
3 BU
5 GY
8
AC
L
N
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
19
18
17
5
4
1
3
2
GY
BK
BN
BU
WH
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
5
4
1: Flow monitoring, 2: Wire break monitoring, 3: Temperature moni-
toring, 4: Power-on delay time, 5: Selection liquid / gas
9
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
19
18
17
5
4
1
3
2
GY
BK
BN
BU
WH
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
5
4
DC
L+
L
1: Flow monitoring, 2: Wire break monitoring, 3: Temperature moni-
toring, 4: Power-on delay time, 5: Selection liquid / gas
Flow sensors
175

Wiring diagrams
10
L+
LOut 2
Out 1
2:
4: 3
4
2
1
L
L+
Out 2
Out 1
2:
4: 3
4
2
1
1
110
73
M12x1
16
G
G21
21
M12x1
54
2
G43
G43
110
73
M12x1
19
M12x1
54
3
G1
G1
110
73
M12x1
19
M12x1
54
4
110
73
M12x1
16
G
G21
21
M12x1
54
5
G43
G43
110
73
M12x1
19
M12x1
54
6
G1
G1
110
73
M12x1
19
M12x1
54
7
22
1 2
3
113
60
65
14
7,7
45
50
27
63
M12x1
1: LED display, 2: setting pushbutton, 3: tightening torque 25 Nm
Flow sensors
176

8
22
1 2
113
60
65
14
8,2
45
50
27
63
"20UNF2A21
3
9
22
1 2
113
60
65
14
8,2
45
50
27
63
M12x1
3
10
7,7
45
15
M12x1
217
10
20
25 146
11
7,7
45
15
M12x1
132
10
26
12
M12x1
82
72
22
14
8,2
44
19 1
1: internal thread M18 x 1.5
13
M12x1
92
82
22
14
7,7
55
19 1
8,2
15
internal thread M18 x 1.5
14
103,5
35,5
25
100
2
1
LEDs
LEDs
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
21 22 23 24
17 18 19 20
1: Potentiometer (switch point flow), 2: Potentiometer (switch point
temperature)
15
27
64
M12x1
4
1 2
83
52
48
50
19,7
3
1: LED display, 2: setting pushbutton, 3: connection for voltage sup-
ply and output signals, 4: connection for flow sensor
16
27
64
4
1 2
83
52
48
50
19,7
3
"20UNF2A21
1: LED display, 2: setting pushbutton, 3: connection for voltage sup-
ply and output signals, 4: connection for flow sensor
Flow sensors
177

17
45
79,5
100
111
M12x1
R21
14
160 40
300
21,3
18
475
375
27,3
33,7
R1
M12x1
100
111
88,5
45
1 2
19
39
R112
275
475
42
100
111
M12x1
120
45
1 2
20
133
45
1 2
54
R2
51
100
111
M12x1
275
475
21
182,3
21,3
M12x1
100
111
74,5
G
14/
45
1 2
G
14/
60 20
31
3
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming buttons, 3: hole for
M5 fixing screw
22
R
210
300
16,1
21,3
M12x1
100
111
76,8
45
1 2
23
G43
G43
110
96
100
80,5
M12x1
installation length with pipe adapter E40151 / E40154: 185 mm
24
80,5
M12x1
G1
130
96
100
G1
installation length with pipe adapter E40152 / E40155: 205 mm,
installation length with pipe adapter E40153 / E40156: 215 mm
Flow sensors
178

25
80,5
M12x1
26
48
130
96
100
G141
G141
Flow sensors
179

Transmitters or sensors with
integrated control monitor.
Units with special design for
hygienic applications.
Measuring principles with overload
protection and a good long-term stability.
Measuring range from -1…600 bar.
Variable process connection and
sealing technology via adapter.
Pressure sensors
ifm offers a wide range of electronic pressure and vacuum sensors to meet the
requirements of various industrial applications. The ceramic-capacitive measuring
cell, tried and tested a million times, is complemented by a stainless steel measuring
cell with thick-film wire strain gauges (series PK, PV, PT) and a piezoresistive
measuring technique (for pneumatic applications).
All units have robust housings and do not require moving parts such as pistons or
springs. The result: the sensors are extremely shock and vibration resistant and
operate without any wear or maintenance.
The tried and tested ceramic-capacitive measuring principle is corrosion-resistant
and long-term stable. In the long run this guarantees continuous accuracy of the
measured values. The sensors are resistant to dynamic pressure peaks and
guarantee high overload resistance even in the case of extreme pressure peaks
that occur for example with fast closing valves.
Units with wire strain gauge in thick-film technology on a stainless steel measuring
cell are distinguished by their very compact and robust design. They can be used
in almost all industrial areas. The welded stainless steel measuring cell without
any seals ensures a high degree of safety, in particular for applications with gas
pressures of up to 400 bar as well as in air-conditioning and refrigerating technol-
ogy where aggressive coolants (freons) are used.
Local display:
the clearly readable
LED display shows
the current system
pressure.
Separate display /
programming unit
PP2001.
Pressure sensors
180

Sensors with switching outputs and analogue outputs and display 182
Sensors with switching outputs and display 182 - 183
Electronic contact manometers with switching output and analogue output 183 - 184
PK sensors with mechanical setting and switching outputs 184
PT sensors for industrial applications with analogue outputs 184 - 185
PA / PPA sensors for industrial applications with analogue outputs / AS-i 185 - 186
Sensors for pneumatic applications 186
Full metal sensors for hygienic and wet areas with switching output and analogue output, IO-Link 186 - 187
Electronic contact manometers for hygienic and wet areas with switching output and analogue output 187 - 188
Accessories and software 188
Adapters and accessories for adapters 188 - 189
Flange adapters 189 - 190
Wiring diagrams 191
Pressure sensors
181

Sensors with switching outputs and analogue outputs and display
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable or 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x
analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V; scaleable 1:4) · Wiring diagram no. 6 · Connector group 3
G¼ I Display unit 0...400 600 1000 20...30 1 PN2020
G¼ I Display unit -guatda.com/cmx.p1...25 100 350 20...30 2 PN2023
G¼ I Display unit -0.1guatda.com/cmx.p253...2.5 20 50 18...32 2 PN2026
G¼ I Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p05...1 10 30 18...32 2 PN2027
G¼ I Display unit -0.0guatda.com/cmx.p125...0.25 10 30 18...32 2 PN2028
Sensors with switching outputs and display
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
normally closed (diagnostic function) · DC PNP/NPN · Wiring diagram no. 7 · Connector group 3
Pressure sensors
182

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
normally closed (diagnostic function) · DC PNP/NPN · Wiring diagram no. 7 · Connector group 3
G¼ I Display unit 0...2.5 20 50 18...36 4 PN7006
Electronic contact manometers with switching output and analogue output
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) · DC
PNP/NPN · Wiring diagram no. 8 · Connector group 3
G½ Display unit 0...400 800 1200 18...32 5 PG2450
G½ Display unit -guatda.com/cmx.p1...25 100 300 18...32 5 PG2453
G½ Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p125...2.5 20 50 18...32 5 PG2456
G½ Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p05...1 10 30 18...32 5 PG2457
Pressure sensors
183

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G½ Display unit -0.0guatda.com/cmx.p125...0.25 10 30 18...32 5 PG2458
G½ Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p005...0.1 4 30 18...32 5 PG2489
PK sensors with mechanical setting and switching outputs
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G¼ A / M5 I Operation 0...400 600 1600 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 6 PK6520
PT sensors for industrial applications with analogue outputs
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G¼ A – 0...400 600 1600 8.guatda.com/cmx.p5...36 7 PT3540
Pressure sensors
184

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 0...10 V analogue · DC · Wiring diagram no. 3 · Connector group 3
G¼ A – 0...400 600 1600 16...36 7 PT9540
PA / PPA sensors for industrial applications with analogue outputs / AS-i
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G¼ I – 0...600 800 1200 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 8 PA3060
Pressure sensors
185

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
G¼ I – 0...2.5 20 50 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 10 PA3026
G¼ I – 0...0.25 10 30 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 10 PA3028
G¼ I – -guatda.com/cmx.p1...0 10 30 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 10 PA3029
Sensors for pneumatic applications
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M8 connector · Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable or 1 x normally open / closed programmable +
1 x normally closed (diagnostic function) · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 4 · Connector group 2
G 1/8 I Display unit -guatda.com/cmx.p1...1 20 30 18...32 11 PQ7809
M8 connector · Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable or 1 x normally open / closed programmable +
1 x normally closed (diagnostic function) · DC NPN · Wiring diagram no. 5 · Connector group 2
Full metal sensors for hygienic and wet areas with switching output and analogue output,
IO-Link
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / normally closed programmable + 1 x normally open / normally closed
programmable or 1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) · Wiring diagram no. 9 · Connector group 3
Pressure sensors
186

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / normally closed programmable + 1 x normally open / normally closed
programmable or 1 x analogue (4...20 / 20...4 mA, scalable) · Wiring diagram no. 9 · Connector group 3
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p05...1 10 30 20...32 12 PI2797
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.0guatda.com/cmx.p124...0.25 10 30 20...32 12 PI2798
Electronic contact manometers for hygienic and wet areas with switching output and
analogue output
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.guatda.com/cmx.p05...1 10 30 18...32 13 PG2797
Aseptoflex Vario Display unit -0.0guatda.com/cmx.p124...0.25 10 30 18...32 13 PG2798
Pressure sensors
187

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Accessories and software
no.
Protective cover · for fluid sensors with connector M12 · Housing materials: polyurethane E30006
Memory plug · Parameter memory for IO-Link sensors · Housing materials: PA PACM 12 / PET / sealing: FPM / nut: stainless steel
316L / 1.4404 / connector: TPU
E30398
Programming/ display unit · for EPS and IO-Link sensors · Connector · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / PC copolymer
/ PBT / FPM
PP2001
Protective cover · with lead seal option · for pressure sensors type PK · for temperature sensors type TK · for vibration monitor VK ·
Housing materials: PP transparent
E30094
IO-Link interface · for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification · Supported communication protocols: IO-Link
(4800 and 38400 bits/s) EPS protocol (19200 bits/s) · contains ifm Container software (E30110)
E30396
Cable clamp fastener · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · Housing materials: steel / plastics E30399
Filter element · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · for fixing on the capillary tube E30400
Splitter box · with ventilation and terminal block · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · Housing materials: plastics E30401
Additional weight · for submersible pressure transmitter PS3 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E30402
Adapters and accessories for adapters
no.
Adapter · G ¼ - G ½ · Housing materials: stainless steel / sealing: FPM E30000
Pressure sensors
188

no.
Adapter · G ¼ - G ¼ · Housing materials: stainless steel / FPM E30007
Damping screw · for pressure sensors with M5 internal thread E30057
O-ring · 24 x 2 · Housing materials: FKM FDA compliant · Pack quantity: 1 E30123
Sealing ring · for Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Housing materials: PEEK FDA compliant · Pack quantity: 1 E30124
Flange adapters
no.
E33201
E33202
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · with leakage port · Clamp · 1-1.5“ · ISO 2852 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by
sealing ring · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E33208
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · with leakage port · Clamp · 2“ · ISO 2852 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing
ring · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435
E33209
E33701
E33702
E33211
E33212
E33213
Pressure sensors
189

no.
E33711
E33712
E33713
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Varivent type F · DN25 (1“), D = 50 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring ·
E33221
E33222
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Varivent type F · DN25 (1“), D = 50 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Metal to metal seal ·
E33721
E33722
E33731
E33732
Aseptoflex Vario adapter · flange · DRD · D = 65 · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring · Housing
E33242
Universal process adapter · for units with Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Sealing by sealing ring · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L /
1.4435
E33340
316L / 1.4435
E30122
Cover plug for Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Housing materials: adapter: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 / sealing ring: FKM E30128
Pressure sensors
190

Wiring diagrams
1
4
L
L+
1
2
32:
4:
2
L+
L
1
2
3
L+
L
1
3
2
4
2
L
L+
4
1
3Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
5
Out 2
Out 1
4
L
L+
2
1
32:
4:
6
4
L
L+
2
1
3Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
4
L
L+
2
1
3Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
4
1
3
2
L+
LOut 1
Out 2
4:
2:
2
1
3
4
L+
LOut 1
Out 2
4:
2:
7
Out 1
Out 2
4
L
L+
2
1
34:
2:
4
L
L+
2
1
3Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
8
4
1
3
2
L+
L
2
1
3
4
L+
L
9
4
1
3
2
L+
L
OUT2
OUT1
2
4
1
3
2
L+
L
P
3
L+
L
1
2
1
1: connection for 2-wire operation, 2: connection for 3-wire opera-
tion, 3: connection for IO-Link parameter setting (P = communication
via IO-Link)
Pressure sensors
191

1
30
47,8
59,6
G
M12x1
16,5
1 4/
94,1
34
27
1,3
21,5
2 3
1
tus), 3: Programming button
2
91,5
34
27
1,3
21,5
2 3
1
30
47
57,3
G
M12x1
14
1 4/
3
30
48
59,6
G
M12x1
16,5
1 4/
94,1
34
27
1,3
21,5
2 3
1
4
91,5
34
27
1,3
21,5
2 3
1
30
48
57,3
G
M12x1
14
1 4/
5
3 169
22
100
2
1
24 75,5
57
M12x1
G 21
1: Analogue display, 2: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 3: Touch button
(programming button)
6
61,6
12
M12x1
27
27
71,6
G1
4/
M5
7,5
2
1
1: tightening torque 25 Nm, 2: sealing FPM / DIN 3869-14
Pressure sensors
192

7
22
1
51,2
12
G
1 4/
65,1
M12x1
22
1: sealing FPM / DIN 3869-14, tightening torque 25 Nm
8
77,5
M12x1
30
30
27
1,3
21,5
16,5
G 41
1: Pressure relief mechanism, No mechanical force must be exerted
on the pressure relief mechanism.
9
75
M12x1
30
30
27
1,3
21,5
14
G 41
10
75
M12x1
30
30
27
1,3
21,5
14
G 41
11
4,2
35
4,75
3220
42
32
30
20,7
11,3
1: main pressure connection G 1/8; tightening torque max. 8 Nm,
thread length max: 7.5 mm, 2: for mounting screw M4; max. tighte-
ning torque 2.5 Nm, 3: LEDs (display unit / switching status), 4: 4-
digit alphanumeric display, 5: Programming button
12
16,8
G1
64
M12x1
105,8
52,8
50
34
1
2 3
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming button
13
24
3
153
16,8
100
2
1
57
60,5
M12x1
G1
1: Analogue display, 2: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 3: Programming
button
Pressure sensors
193

Increased process safety
due to self-monitoring.
Integrated or separate
control monitors selectable.
Modular concept –
tailor-made for every application.
Optional fittings for variable connection.
Robust construction for high resistance
to shock and vibration.
Temperature sensors
The temperature sensors of ifm electronic are based on a PT100 or PT1000 resistor.
The measured temperature value corresponds to a change in resistance and is con-
verted into an electrical analogue signal. A microprocessor controls the evaluation
of the electrical signal. The current system temperature is indicated by LEDs directly
on the control monitor.
The microprocessor and the display make process adjustment much easier. The user
can set the values for the switch points, hysteresis and measuring range by means
of programming buttons even without the system temperature being applied. This
enables installation and setup of the system within a few minutes. The values are
safely stored in an EEPROM independent of the supply voltage.
Film technology is used for the electronic circuitry. A flexible, temperature-resistant
and extremely resistant polyimide film is used as carrier of the SMD components.
Together with a special potting method an extreme shock and vibration resistance is
achieved.
From sensor to system
A complete temperature measurement system usually consists of several
components. The temperature in a medium is detected by a sensor and is converted
into an electrical measured signal. The mechanical design and the dimensions of
the sensors must vary to enable use for different media and measuring points.
Depending on the application ifm electronic offers a selection of robust probe sen-
sors or types with connection cables. To indicate and process the measured value
the sensor is connected to a separate control monitor. It indicates the measured
value on its integrated display. To complete the modular systems ifm electronic
offers compact temperature sensors with integrated control monitors. If a local tem-
perature display is not required, temperature transmitters are frequently used.
ifm electronic provides units with excellent response time (TA series) that either
have standard output signals or an integrated AS-i interface. In hygienic applications
the self-monitoring, calibration-free temperature transmitter TAD is an excellent
choice.
Local display of the
current temperature.
Imperative: tempera-
ture monitoring in air
conditioning.
Temperature sensors
194

Compact temperature sensors 196
Control monitors for temperature sensors 196
Control monitors for temperature sensors, IO-Link 196
Modular temperature transmitters 197
Pt100 probe sensors for standard applications 197
Pt100 probe sensors for standard applications 198
Cable sensors for standard applications 198
Cable sensors with bolt-on sensor for standard applications 199
Temperature transmitters for standard applications 199
Probe sensors for hygienic and wet areas 199
Sensors with process connection for hygienic and wet areas 200
Cable sensors for hygienic and wet areas 201
Temperature transmitters for hygienic and wet areas 201
Self-monitoring temperature transmitters for hygienic and wet areas, IO-Link 201 - 202
Thermowells for temperature sensors 202
Adapters 202 - 203
Hygienic adapters 203 - 205
Temperature sensors
195

Compact temperature sensors
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
-guatda.com/cmx.p25...140 G¼ A 39 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 1 / 3 1 TK6130
-guatda.com/cmx.p25...140 G¼ A 39 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 1 / 3 1 TK7130
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / 1 x normally closed · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group 3
-guatda.com/cmx.p25...140 G½ A 267 9.guatda.com/cmx.p6...32 1 / 3 2 TK7480
Control monitors for temperature sensors
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Display
LED
Ub
[V]
Current
consump.
[mA]
Iload
[mA]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 4 x normally open / closed programmable · DC PNP · Wiring diagram no. 3 · Connector groups 4,
5
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 G½ A Display unit 18...28 90 < 500 3 TR8430
Control monitors for temperature sensors, IO-Link
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Display
LED
Ub
[V]
Current
consump.
[mA]
Iload
[mA]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 1 x normally open / closed programmable + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V, scalable) · DC
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...300 G½ A Display unit 18...32 50 250 4 TR2432
M12 connector · Output function 2 x normally open / closed programmable · DC PNP/NPN · Wiring diagram no. 5 · Connector
group 22
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...300 G½ A Display unit 18...32 50 250 4 TR7432
Temperature sensors
196

Modular temperature transmitters
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Ub
[V]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Measuring element Drawing
no.
Order
no.
0...100 M12 20...32 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...70
for Pt100 and Pt1000 measuring
elements
5 TP3237
M12 connector · Output function 0...10 V analogue · DC · Wiring diagram no. 7 · Connector group 3
0...100 M12 18...32 -guatda.com/cmx.p25...70
for Pt100 and Pt1000 measuring
elements
5 TP9237
Pt100 probe sensors for standard applications
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Diameter
[mm]
Probe length
[mm]
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · high-grade stainless steel · Connector group 3
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 6 100 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 6 TT0281
Temperature sensors
197

Pt100 probe sensors for standard applications
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 G ¼ 25 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 8 TM4101
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 G½ 50 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 9 TM4411
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 G ½ 100 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 9 TM4431
Cable sensors for standard applications
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Diameter
[mm]
Cable
material
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Cable with connector 2 m · high-grade stainless steel · Connector group 3
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 Ø 6 / L = 45 FPM (Viton) cable 1 x Pt 1000 3 / 10 10 TS2251
-guatda.com/cmx.p50...250 Ø 6 / L = 50 PTFE cable 1 x Pt 100 11 / 37 12 TS2256
-guatda.com/cmx.p30...90 M5 PUR cable 1 x Pt 100 3 / 8 14 TS2789
-guatda.com/cmx.p30...180 M6 / L = 25.7 silicone cable 1 x Pt 100 3 / 8 15 TS2659
Temperature sensors
198

Cable sensors with bolt-on sensor for standard applications
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Diameter
[mm]
Cable
material
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Cable with connector 2 m · stainless steel · Connector group 3
-guatda.com/cmx.p25...90 M6 / 12 x 51 PUR cable 1 x Pt 100 9 / 15 16 TS2229
Temperature transmitters for standard applications
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · high-grade stainless steel · DC · Connector group 3
-guatda.com/cmx.p50...150 G¼ A 60 10...30 1 / 3 17 TA3131
0...140 G¼ A 60 10...30 1 / 3 17 TA3130
-guatda.com/cmx.p50...150 G¼ A 200 10...30 1 / 3 18 TA3171
Probe sensors for hygienic and wet areas
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Diameter
[mm]
Probe length
[mm]
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Temperature sensors
199

Sensors with process connection for hygienic and wet areas
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150
Clamp 1-1.5“ ISO
2852
30 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 19 TM4801
Clamp 1-1.5“ ISO
2852
50 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 19 TM4811
Clamp 1-1.5“ ISO
2852
100 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 19 TM4831
Clamp 1-1.5“ ISO
2852
150 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 19 TM4841
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 Clamp 2“ 30 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 20 TM4901
-guatda.com/cmx.p40...150 G½ with sealing cone 20 1 x Pt 100 1 / 3 21 TM4591
Temperature sensors
200

Cable sensors for hygienic and wet areas
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Diameter
[mm]
Cable
material
Sensor
element
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Cable with connector 2 m · high-grade stainless steel · Connector group 3
Temperature transmitters for hygienic and wet areas
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · high-grade stainless steel · DC · Connector group 3
0...100 G½ A 87.5 10...30 1 / 3 22 TA3437
0...140 G½ A 87.5 10...30 1 / 3 22 TA3430
-guatda.com/cmx.p10...150 G½ A 87.5 10...30 1 / 3 22 TA3431
0...100 Ø 6 mm 123 10...30 1 / 3 23 TA3237
-17.guatda.com/cmx.p8...148.9 Ø 6 mm 123 10...30 1 / 3 23 TA3233
-guatda.com/cmx.p10...150 Ø 6 mm 123 10...30 1.2 / 3.5 23 TA3231
Self-monitoring temperature transmitters for hygienic and wet areas, IO-Link
Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function normally open / normally closed / heartbeat programmable, 4...20 mA analogue · DC PNP/NPN ·
Wiring diagram no. 8 · Connector group 3
0...150 Aseptoflex Vario 87.5 18...32 3 / 6 24 TAD181
0...150 Aseptoflex Vario 33 18...32 3 / 6 25 TAD981
Temperature sensors
201

Type Measuring
range
[°C]
Process
connection
Probe length
[mm]
Ub
[V]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function normally open / normally closed / heartbeat programmable, 4...20 mA analogue · DC PNP/NPN ·
Wiring diagram no. 8 · Connector group 3
0...150 G½ A 87.5 18...32 3 / 6 26 TAD191
0...150 G½ A 33 18...32 3 / 6 27 TAD991
Thermowells for temperature sensors
no.
Welding thermowell · Ø 10 mm · Probe length: 173 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E35220
Welding thermowell · Ø 35 mm · Probe length: 126.5 mm · for type TA343x, TAA431, TAD191 · Housing materials: stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
E30403
Thermowell for temperature sensors · G ½ · Probe length: 53 mm · for type TA34xx, TAA431, TAD191 · Housing materials: stainless
steel 316L / 1.4404
E30393
Thermowell for temperature sensors · Ø 10 mm - G ½ · Probe length: 82 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E35010
Adapters
no.
Thread cover · Ø 24 mm - G ½ · to cover the G½ thread for installation in hygienic areas · for type TR · Housing materials: stainless
steel
E30091
Mounting set · for direct connection of temperature sensors TT to control monitors TR · Housing materials: stainless steel E30017
Temperature sensors
202

no.
Clamp fitting · Ø 6/8/10 mm - G ½ · for temperature sensors TS / TT · Housing materials: stainless steel / FPM E30018
Welding adapter · Ø 25 mm · ball · for temperature sensors Ø 6 mm · Clamp fitting · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
/ rubber ring: PEEK
E30407
Progressive ring fitting for temperature sensors · Ø 10 mm - G ½ · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E30016
Progressive ring fitting for temperature sensors · Ø 6 mm - G ½ · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E30047
Adapter · M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1 · Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: · 13.5 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
E40101
Adapter · M18 x 1.5 - G ¼ · Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: · 13.5 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
E40099
Adapter · M18 x 1.5 - G ½ · Insertion depth of the probe of SID, SFD, TN: · 21 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E40096
E30094
Hygienic adapters
no.
E33201
E33202
E33701
E33702
E33212
Temperature sensors
203

no.
E33213
E33712
E33713
E33222
E33722
E33731
E33732
316L / 1.4435
E30122
Cover plug for Aseptoflex Vario adapter · Housing materials: adapter: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 / sealing ring: FKM E30128
G ½ adapter · Clamp · 1-1.5“ · ISO 2852 / DIN 32676 · for units with G ½ adaptation · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
E33401
G ½ adapter · Clamp · 2“ · ISO 2852 / DIN 32676 · for units with G ½ adaptation · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E33402
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 30 mm · for tanks · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43300
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 29 mm · for pipes · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43301
Adapter · G ½ · pipe fitting · DN25 (1“) · DIN 11851 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43304
Temperature sensors
204

no.
Adapter · G ½ · pipe fitting · DN40 (1.5“) · DIN 11851 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43305
Adapter · G ½ · Varivent type F · DN25 (1“), D = 50 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43306
Adapter · G ½ · Varivent type N · DN40 (1.5“), D = 68 · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43307
sealing plug · G ½ · for G ½ adapter · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4435 E43308
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 35 mm · ball · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E30055
Welding adapter · G ½ - Ø 45 mm · collar · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E30056
Wiring diagrams
1
4
L
L+
1
2
32:
4:
2
2
L
L+
4
1
3Out 1
Out 2
4:
2:
3
TR 8430
L+
L
n.c.
Out 4
Out 1
Out 2
1
2
4
6
7
3
Out 3
5
3 (n.c.)
1 (n.c.)
4
2
4
L+
L
1 BN
2 WH
4 BK
3 BUTR 2432
1
2
3
4
2
B
1
2
3
4
3
1
1
2
3
4
B
B
1: Two-wire sensor, 2: Three-wire sensor, 3: Four-wire sensor, B: link
5
L+
L
1 BN
2 WH
4 BK
3 BU
1
2
3
4
2
B
1
2
3
4
3
1
1
2
3
4
B
B
TR
1: Two-wire sensor, 2: Three-wire sensor, 3: Four-wire sensor, B: link
Temperature sensors
205

Wiring diagrams
6
4
1
3
2
L+
L
L
IO-Link1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
B
B
TP
1: Two-wire sensor, 2: Four-wire sensor, 3: Operation as 2-wire tem-
perature transmitter, 4: Operation as 3-wire unit, IO-Link communica-
tion possible, B: link
7
4
1
3
2
L+
L
IO-Link
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
B
B
TP
2: Two-wire sensor, 2: Four-wire sensor, B: link
8
2
L+
L
1
L+
L
3 BU
4 BK
2 WH
1 BN
2 WH
1 BN
1: 2-wire operation, 2: 3-wire operation
1
39
M12x1
27
27
96,5
25
8,2
G 41
87
2
267
M12x1
27
27
327
G 21
8
255
3
93
34
16,5
G 21
2 3
1
30
48
60
M12x1
4
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming button, 4:
connection for temperature sensor
4
93
34
16,5
G 21
2 3
1
30
48
60
M12x1
4
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming button, 4:
connection for temperature sensor
Temperature sensors
206

5
18M12x1
M12x1
25
LED 22
52
2
1: connection for voltage supply and output signals, 2: connection
for temperature sensor
6
M12x1
18,5
24 L
27,7
6
7
8
L
10
M12x1
21,5
18,5
40
1
1: plug area
8
6
24 L
24,5
M12x1
22 G 41
9
M12x1
24 L
6
14
G 21
27
10
M12x1
6
45
72
48
11
M12x1
72
48
50
12
10
7
42
12
M12x1
42,5 50
6
13
50
12
10
7
42
M12x1
42,5
14
25,7
5,4
M5
4
8
8
M12x1
49,5
14
1: tightening torque 1.5 Nm
15
M12x1
58
25,7
2,5
M6
5
8
13 6,5
16
M12x1
49,5
14 35
6,5
51
12
17
8,7
1,8
17
4460
8,2
M12x1
30
27
13,7
117,7
13,5
G 41
Temperature sensors
207

18
44200
8
M12x1
30
27
13,7
257,7
13,5
G 41
19
6
L24
10
M12x1
20
6
L24
10
M12x1
21
6
47,5 L
24,5
M12x1
22
61,6
G 21
22
G 21
43,8 123
8,2
10
M12x1
30
27
18,3
13,7
47,5
180,5
LED
87,5
23
34 123
6
M12x1
30
14
171
24
34 G1
8
10
50,4
87,5
140,5
210,5
M12x1
195,7
25
34 G1
8
10
50,4
33
86
156
141,2
M12x1
26
M12x1
50,4
231
161
27
87,5
10
123
8
G 21
14
27
M12x1
50,4
176,5
106,5
27
33
10
68,5
8
G 21
14
Temperature sensors
208

Online vibration diagnosis – optimum
price / performance ratio.
Decentralised monitoring of plant and
equipment integrated into the machine.
Compact field units and modular
control cabinet units.
Digital and analogue alarm outputs.
Standard data interface (OPC).
Diagnostic systems
efector octavis is a vibration monitor which not only detects vibration data, but also
carries out signal analysis and machine diagnosis directly on the machine. The
machine condition is determined and is forwarded to the PLC or to SCADA
software. It fulfils the main requirements for modern machine monitoring: compati-
bility, modularity and transferable configuration.
Compatible and modular
The compatibility with data structures such as the OPC interface makes it possible
to integrate condition data into a higher-level system. With the requirement for
modularity the user can define the extent of condition monitoring to be implemen-
ted – this means the complete range of diagnosis is possible right from the “first
unit”. Transferable configuration is attained with application-related parameter sets.
A wizard function in the software guides the user through creating, managing and
archiving the monitoring parameters.
Trend memory
All units of the octavis family type VE / VSE feature an internal trend memory which
ensures detailed analysis and optimisation of the application even without external
data recording. The storage intervals are freely selectable. This means that the
storage length of the non volatile ring buffer is adjusted to the requirements.
The suitable system for your application:
– Standard vibration characteristic values / permanent machine protection:
VSE, VE, VK, VT
– Internal trend memory / root cause analysis: VSE, VE
– Online diagnosis / early damage detection: VSE (VE partly)
– Network capability of the system: VSE (VE partly*)
– Load meter: VSE
*Profibus DP gateway
Internal trend memory
(type VE / VSE) of all
monitored diagnosis
factors can be evalu-
ated via PC software.
Easy vibration
monitoring: Type VK
provides a com-
bination of switching
output and trans-
mitter function in
conjunction with the
tried and tested
easy-turn concept.
Diagnostic systems
210

Vibration monitors for vibration monitoring of machines and plants to ISO 10816 type VK 212
Vibration transmitters for vibration monitoring of machines and plants to ISO 10816 type VT 212
Accessories VK 212
Diagnostic electronics - control cabinet modules for vibration diagnosis type VSE 212
Accessories VSE 212
Connection cables VSE 213
Vibration sensors for connection to external diagnostic electronics VSE - type VSA 213
Accessories VSA 213
Oil humidity sensor 213
Wiring diagrams 214
Diagnostic systems
211

Vibration monitors for vibration monitoring of machines and plants to ISO 10816 type VK
ing
no.
Order
no.
Vibration monitor · Connection via M12 connector · Vibration monitor to DIN ISO 10816 · Measuring range veff: 0...25
mm/s · Switching outputs: normally closed and analogue 4...20 mA · PBT / PC / FPM / stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
1 VKV021
Vibration monitor · Connection via M12 connector · Vibration monitor to DIN ISO 10816 · Measuring range veff: 0...50
mm/s · Switching outputs: normally closed and analogue 4...20 mA · PBT / PC / FPM / stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
1 VKV022
Vibration transmitters for vibration monitoring of machines and plants to ISO 10816 type VT
ing
no.
Order
no.
Vibration transmitter · Connection via M12 connector · Vibration transmitter to ISO 10816 · Measuring range veff: 0...25
mm/s · Analogue output 4...20 mA · stainless steel 316L / 1.4404
2 VTV122
Accessories VK
no.
E30094
Diagnostic electronics - control cabinet modules for vibration diagnosis type VSE
ing
no.
Order
no.
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors · Ethernet interface · Switching output, Analogue output · Combicon
connection · PA
3 VSE002
Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors · 4 sensor inputs 0...10 mA · Ethernet interface · Switching output, Analogue
output · Combicon connection · PA
4 VSE100
Accessories VSE
Type Description Number of
connections
Order
no.
Parameter setting software for VSExxx – VES003
octavis OPC server · Software · German/English 25 VOS001
Diagnostic systems
212

Connection cables VSE
no.
Jumper · straight / straight · Ethernet · Cross-over patch cable · 5 m · Housing materials: PUR E30112
Jumper · straight / straight · Ethernet · Cross-over patch cable · 2 m · Housing materials: PUR EC2080
Vibration sensors for connection to external diagnostic electronics VSE - type VSA
ing
no.
Order
no.
Vibration sensor · for connection to external diagnostic electronics · Connector · housing: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 5 VSA001
Vibration sensor · for connection to external diagnostic electronics · Cable with connector · housing: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
6 VSA002
Vibration sensor · for connection to external diagnostic electronics type VSExxx · Cable · housing: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
7 VSA004
Vibration sensor · for connection to external diagnostic electronics type VSExxx · Cable · housing: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404
7 VSA005
Accessories VSA
no.
conical washer · Ø 8.4 / 15 mm · for efector octavis · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E30115
Adapter · M8-M8 · for the VSA001 vibration sensor · Electrical isolation · Housing materials: PEEK E30132
Oil humidity sensor
Type Process
connection
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Protection Medium
temperature
oil
[°C]
Ambient
temperature
[°C]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 4...20 mA analogue · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector groups 4, 5
G¾ 10 IP 67 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...100 -guatda.com/cmx.p20...85 8 LDH100
Diagnostic systems
213

Wiring diagrams
1
screen
L+
L
Out 1
Out 2
1
8
7
6
3
4
5
2
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
1
63,7
11
M12x1
27
27
73,1
M81
1: tightening torque 15 Nm
2
M12x1
22
63,25
4,5
1/4''-28 UNF
22
6,5
1: Threaded adapter 1/4”-28 UNF / M8, 2: Threaded adapter 1/4”-28
UNF, tightening torque 8 Nm
3
103,4
35,5
25,4
100
1
LEDs
1: Ethernet interface
4
50
114
LEDs
2
1
105
35,5
1: Ethernet interface, 2: Combicon plug with screw terminals (optio-
nal)
5
18,5
M8x1,25
M12x1
17
53
24
17
8
1
1: conical angle = 90°
6
13
M16x1,5
14
22
18
5
Diagnostic systems
214

7
18
11,5
13,5
L
5,5
8
32
42
M12x1
21,6
54
44 43
14
G43
Diagnostic systems
215

Manufacturer-independent
standard.
Worldwide acceptance as a
wiring system.
Communication from the
sensor to the controller.
“Safety at Work” for
safety-related applications.
Intelligent system solutions
for special tasks.
Bus system AS-interface
AS-interface (AS-i = actuator sensor interface) is a manufacturer-independent stan-
dard for the connection of actuators and sensors of the first field level. It is the only
wiring system accepted worldwide. With more than 20 million slaves installed AS-i
has been tried and tested as a low-cost feeder for all common fieldbuses for many
years.
The product range includes AS-i components for different areas from packaging
and conveying via silo applications, machine tools, robotics and automation to the
food industry and mobile vehicles.
Safe
The sophisticated AS-i technology and the extended diagnostic possibilities provide
high reliability and machine uptime.
“Safety at Work” is the extension of the AS-interface by safety-related components.
Safety components up to the highest control category 4 to EN 954-1, SIL 3 to IEC
61508 and EN ISO 13849 - 1 / PL e can be connected to AS-i.
Easy
Due to the standardised system, the low wiring complexity and the quick connec-
tion technology, AS-i enables simple “Plug & Play”. The reduction of terminals leads
to reduced documentation.
Data and energy are jointly transmitted via a two-wire cable. The reverse polarity
protected insulation displacement technology helps avoid errors. The modularity
and the tree structure smoothly fit to the way the plant is put together.
Cost-optimised
It’s the end result that matters: Wiring complexity, documentation and set-up times
are significantly reduced. The decentralisation of the AS-i participants leads to
smaller and less expensive control cabinets. Simple diagnosis and a clear system
design result in high machine uptime and avoid downtimes.
With “Safety at
Work” AS-i also
solves safety-
related tasks.
Reduced cost:
reduced wiring com-
plexity for faster
installation and fewer
error sources.
216

Controllers, gateways and software 218
AS-i power supplies 218
I/O modules for control cabinets 219
Field modules IP67 219 - 220
Field modules IP69K and accessories 220 - 221
Module lower parts 221
Pneumatic and actuator solutions 221
Safety at Work 222
AS-i sensors 223
Combicon connectors 223
Flat cable splitters and accessories 223
Accessories Safety at Work 224
Accessories lower parts and addressing units 224
Accessories RFID 224 - 225
217

Controllers, gateways and software
Type Number
of
AS-i masters
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
1
SmartLink DP · AS-i gateway / Profibus DP · Full master functions · Graphic display · Housing
materials: aluminium / steel sheet galvanised
1 AC1375
2
AS-i DP gateway · Full master functions · Graphic display · Profibus DP interface · Housing materials:
aluminium / steel sheet galvanised
2 AC1376
1
AS-i Ethernet / IP Controller E · Full master functions · Graphic display · Housing materials: aluminium /
steel sheet galvanised
3 AC1327
2
AS-i Ethernet / IP Controller E · Full master functions · Graphic display · Housing materials: aluminium /
steel sheet galvanised
3 AC1337
1
AS-i DeviceNet controller E · AS-i controller with DeviceNet interface · Full master functions · Graphic
display · Housing materials: aluminium / steel sheet galvanised
4 AC1318
2
AS-i DeviceNet controller E · AS-i controller with DeviceNet interface · Full master functions · Graphic
display · Housing materials: aluminium / steel sheet galvanised
4 AC1324
1
AS-i Profinet gateway · AS-i master · Ethernet configuration interface · Profinet RT device class B · LCD
colour display · Device supply either via 24 V or AS-i (AS-i bus 1) · Housing materials: aluminium
powder coated / steel sheet galvanised / Makrolon
5 AC1401
2
AS-i Profinet gateway · AS-i master · Ethernet configuration interface · Profinet RT device class B · LCD
colour display · Device supply either via 24 V or AS-i (AS-i bus 1) · Housing materials: aluminium
powder coated / steel sheet galvanised / Makrolon
5 AC1402
AS-i power supplies
Type Output
current
AS-i [A]
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
2.8
Power supply · AS-i power supply 115/230 V AC · Integrated data decoupling · Jumper to deactivate
the AS-i communication · NEC Class II Power Source · cage clamps · 85 watts · aluminium / steel sheet
galvanised
6 AC1226
2.8
Power supply · Integrated data decoupling · AS-i combined power supply 115/230 V AC for 26 V and
AS-i · aluminium
7 AC1209
4
the AS-i communication · Earth fault monitor integrated · 120 Watt · aluminium / steel sheet
galvanised
8 AC1224
2 x 4
Power supply · AS-i dual power supply 115/230 V AC 2 x AS-i · Integrated data decoupling ·
aluminium
9 AC1212
8
the AS-i communication · 240 watts · aluminium / steel sheet galvanised
10 AC1218
218

I/O modules for control cabinets
Type Inputs /
outputs
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
4 inputs
Active AS-i module · String mounting possible · Addressing socket · Version 2.1 with
extended addressing mode · Digital inputs · Combicon connection · PA
11 AC2250
4 outputs
Active AS-i module · String mounting possible · Addressing socket · Version 2.1 · Digital
outputs · Combicon connection · PA
11 AC2252
4 inputs / 2 outputs
Active AS-i module · String mounting possible · Addressing socket · Version 2.1 with
extended addressing mode · Digital inputs · Combicon connection · PA
11 AC2256
4 inputs / 4 outputs;
bidirectional
Active AS-i module · String mounting possible · Addressing socket · External sensor supply
PELV · Version 3.0 with extended addressing mode · Digital inputs and outputs ·
Combicon connection · PA
12 AC2267
4 inputs 4...20 mA
Active AS-i module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · 4 analogue inputs 4...20 mA · For the connection
of 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire sensors · Combicon connector for sensor connection · PA 6.6
11 AC2216
4 inputs 0...10 V
Active AS-i module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · 4 analogue inputs 0...10 V · For the connection of
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire sensors · Combicon connector for sensor connection · PA 6.6
11 AC2217
4 outputs 0...20 mA
Active AS-i module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · 4 analogue outputs 0...20 mA · For the
connection of 2-wire actuators or 4-wire actuators with separate 24 V supply · Combicon
connector for actuator connection · PA 6.6
11 AC2218
4 outputs 0...10 V
Active AS-i module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · 4 analogue outputs 0...10 V · For the connection
of 2-wire actuators or 4-wire actuators with separate 24 V supply · Combicon connector
for actuator connection · PA 6.6
11 AC2219
4 inputs Pt100
Active AS-i module · 4 analogue inputs temperature Pt100 · AS-i profile S-7.3 ·
Combicon connection · PBT
11 AC2220
Field modules IP67
Type Inputs /
outputs
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
4 inputs
Active ClassicLine module · Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended addressing mode ·
Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are possible · Digital inputs ·
Sockets M12 x 1 · PA
13 AC5215
3 outputs
Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are possible · Digital outputs ·
13 AC5203
4 outputs
Active ClassicLine module · Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are
possible · Digital outputs · Sockets M12 x 1 · PA
13 AC5213
2 outputs / 2 inputs
Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are possible · Digital outputs and
inputs · Sockets M12 x 1 · PA
13 AC5214
8 digital inputs (2 Slaves)
Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are possible · Digital inputs ·
14 AC5210
219

Type Inputs /
outputs
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
bidirectional
Active ClassicLine module · Only for operation with AS-i masters with the profile M4 ·
Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are possible · Version 3.0 with
extended addressing mode · Digital inputs and outputs · Sockets M12 x 1 · PA
14 AC5235
bidirectional
Active ClassicLine module · Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are
possible · Version 3.0 with extended addressing mode · Digital inputs and outputs (2 A) ·
14 AC5236
2 pushbuttons / 2 LED displays
Active module upper parts AS-i illuminated pushbutton module · Power supply via AS-i
cable · Colour inserts changeable · PBT
15 AC2086
Active ClassicLine module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · 4 analogue inputs 4...20 mA · IR
addressing possible · For the connection of 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire sensors · Sockets M12
x 1 · PBT
16 AC2516
4 inputs 0...10 V
Active ClassicLine module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · 4 analogue inputs 0...10 V · IR addressing
possible · For the connection of 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire sensors · Sockets M12 x 1 · PBT
16 AC2517
4 outputs 0...20 mA
Active ClassicLine module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · IR addressing possible · 4 analogue outputs
0...20 mA · For the connection of 2-wire actuators · Sockets M12 x 1 · PBT
16 AC2518
4 outputs 0...10 V
Active ClassicLine module · AS-i profile S-7.3 · 4 analogue outputs 0...10 V · IR addressing
possible · For the connection of 2-wire actuators · Sockets M12 x 1 · PBT
16 AC2519
4 inputs Pt100
Active ClassicLine module · 4 analogue inputs temperature Pt100 · AS-i profile S-7.3 · IR
addressing possible · Sockets M12 x 1 · PBT
16 AC2520
Active ClassicLine module · 2 analogue inputs 4...20 mA · For the connection of 2-wire
and 3-wire sensors · Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are possible ·
PA
13 AC5222
Active ClassicLine module · 2 analogue inputs 4...20 mA · For the connection of 2-wire
and 4-wire sensors · Electrical isolation · Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat
cable are possible · PA
13 AC5223
2 outputs / 2 inputs
Addressing socket · Three orientations of the flat cable are possible · Outputs supplied
from AS-i · Digital outputs and inputs · Sockets M12 x 1 · PA
13 AC5224
2 IO-Link ports
Active ClassicLine module · 2 IO-Link ports · For the connection of IO-Link sensors and
actuators, binary sensors and binary actuators · Addressing socket · Three orientations of
the flat cable are possible · PA
13 AC5225
Field modules IP69K and accessories
Type Inputs /
outputs
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Active ProcessLine module · Version 2.1 with extended addressing mode · Protection
rating IP 69K · high-grade stainless steel · Digital inputs and outputs · Sockets M12 x 1 ·
high-grade stainless steel / Makrolon / O-ring: EPDM
17 AC2904
8 digital inputs (2 Slaves)
Active ProcessLine module · Version 2.1 with extended addressing mode · Protection
rating IP 69K · high-grade stainless steel · Digital inputs · Sockets M12 x 1 · high-grade
stainless steel / Makrolon / O-ring: EPDM
18 AC2910
8-way splitter box
Passive splitter box AS-i ProcessLine · Protection rating IP 69K · high-grade stainless steel ·
AS-i and AUX splitter box for the connection of intelligent sensors/actuators · Sockets
M12 x 1 · high-grade stainless steel / Makrolon
19 AC2900
220

Type Inputs /
outputs
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Active AS-i module · 4 analogue inputs 4...20 mA · For the connection of 2-wire and 3-
wire sensors · Threaded bush: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / Makrolon / O-ring: EPDM
20 AC2916
AS-i / 24 V
FC splitter · V4A · AS-i voltage and external auxiliary voltage via the M12 socket · Metal
parts: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / Blanks: FPM / O-ring: EPDM
– E70354
AS-i
FC splitter · AS-i voltage via M12 socket · Metal parts: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / O-
ring: EPDM / socket: PP GF30 / blade seal: TPE
– E70454
AS-i / 24 V FC splitter · Metal parts: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / Blanks: FPM / O-ring: EPDM – E70377
Module lower parts
Type Inputs /
outputs
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
FC coupling module
Module lower part flat cable · AS-i interface to module upper part · Quick mounting
technology for AS-i flat cable · PBT
21 AC5000
FC-E coupling module with
external power supply
FC-E coupling module · AS-i interface to module upper part · Quick mounting technology
for AS-i flat cable · PBT
21 AC5003
SC coupling module
Module lower part screw connection · AS-i interface to module upper part · Screw
terminal · PBT
22 AC5031
Pneumatic and actuator solutions
Type Inputs /
outputs
Description Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
4 inputs / 2 outputs; AirBox
supply via AS-i
AS-i AirBox · 2 x 3/2-way slide valves free from overlapping · Three orientations of the flat
cable are possible · AS-i flat cable connection · Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended
addressing mode · Addressing socket · PA / POM
23 AC5228
supply via AS-i
AS-i AirBox · 5/2-way bistable slide valve free from overlapping · Three orientations of the
flat cable are possible · AS-i flat cable connection · Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended
23 AC5251
supply via AS-i
AS-i AirBox · 5/3-way slide valve free from overlapping · Three orientations of the flat
cable are possible · AS-i flat cable connection · Version 2.11 and 3.0 with extended
23 AC5270
2 inputs / 1 output
Dual sensor for actuator feedback · Sensing range 4 mm · 2 inductive position sensors
integrated · Version 2.1 with extended addressing mode · Connector · PBT / PC / plug /
socket stainless steel
24 AC2316
Dual sensor for actuator feedback · Sensing range 4 mm · 2 inductive position sensors
integrated · Version 2.1 with extended addressing mode · Connector · PBT / PC / plug /
socket stainless steel
24 AC2317
221

Safety at Work
ing
no.
Order
no.
AS-i safety monitor · Extended functionality · 1-channel · Control category 4 to EN954-1, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO
13849 - 1 PL e · Configuration and setup by configuration software ASIMON · Screw terminal
25 AC003S
AS-i safety monitor · Extended functionality · 2-channel · Control category 4 to EN954-1, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO
13849 - 1 PL e · Configuration and setup by configuration software ASIMON · Screw terminal
25 AC004S
AS-i safety monitor · Extended functionality and integrated safe slave for triggering a safe AS-i output · 1-channel ·
Control category 4 to EN954-1, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO 13849 - 1 PL e · Configuration and setup by configuration
software ASIMON V3.0 · Screw terminal · polyamide black
26 AC031S
AS-i safety monitor · Extended functionality and integrated safe slave for triggering a safe AS-i output · 2-channel ·
Control category 4 to EN954-1, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO 13849 - 1 PL e · Configuration and setup by configuration
software ASIMON V3.0 · Screw terminal
26 AC032S
Safe active AS-i module · Performance Level e to EN ISO 13849-1 et IEC 61508 / SIL 3 for the connection of mechanical
contacts · Combicon connection
27 AC009S
Safe active AS-i output module · Control category 4 to EN954-1, IEC 61508 / SIL 3 and EN ISO 13849 - 1 PL e · for the
safe triggering of actuators · Combicon connection
12 AC030S
Safe active AS-i module · Connection via M12x1 sockets or cage clamps · Control category 4 according to EN954-1 and
IEC 61508 / SIL 3 · Version 2.1 · For connection of an electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) type 4 to EN 61496-1 ·
AS-i interface to FC-E lower parts
28 AC007S
Safe AS-i input module · IR addressing possible · AS-i version 2.1 · Performance Level e to EN ISO 13849-1 for the
connection of mechanical contacts · Sockets M12 x 1 · PBT
29 AC005S
Safe active AS-i ClassicLine module · IR addressing possible · AS-i version 2.1 · Category 4 to EN954-1 and IEC 61508 / SIL
3 for connection of mechanical contacts · Sockets M12 x 1
30 AC006S
Illuminated E-STOP with integrated AS-i connection · Connector M12 x 1 · AS-i interface via AS-i flat cable IP 67 · fool-
proof E-STOP to EN ISO 13850 / EN 418 · Pull to reset
31 AC010S
Fail-safe inductive sensor · GIMC-4035-US · M12 connector · PPE / diecast zinc · Complies with the requirements: ISO
13849-1: category 4 · ISO 13849-1: PL e · IEC 61508: SIL 3
32 GM505S
Fail-safe inductive sensor · GIGA-4015-US/V4A · M18 x 1 · M12 connector · high-grade stainless steel / PBT · Complies
with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4 · ISO 13849-1: PL e · IEC 61508: SIL 3
33 GG505S
Fail-safe inductive sensor · GIIA-4030-US/V4A · M30 x 1.5 · M12 connector · PEEK / high-grade stainless steel / O-ring:
EPDM · Complies with the requirements: ISO 13849-1: category 4 · ISO 13849-1: PL e · IEC 61508: SIL 3
34 GI505S
222

AS-i sensors
ing
no.
Order
no.
Read/write head · DTSLF AARWASUS01 · with integrated AS-i slave profile 7.4 · M12 connector · PA 35 DTA100
Read head · DTSLF AAROASUS01 · with integrated AS-i slave profile 7.3 · M12 connector · PA 35 DTA101
Read/write head · DTSLF MCRWASUS01 · with integrated AS-i slave profile 7.4 · M12 connector · Sensing face in 5
positions selectable · PA
36 DTA200
Read head · DTSLF MCROASUS01 · with integrated AS-i slave profile 7.3 · M12 connector · Sensing face in 5 positions
selectable · PA
36 DTA201
Read/write head · DTSLF DCRWASUS01 · with integrated AS-i slave profile 7.4 · M12 connector · housing: PPE / Metal
parts: diecast zinc / brass nickel-plated
37 DTA300
Combicon connectors
no.
Combicon connector · with screw terminals 4-pole · Housing materials: current carrying parts: copper alloy tin-plated · Pack quantity:
6
E70230
Flat cable splitters and accessories
no.
PAAS M12 · AS-i and external voltage via M12 socket · Sockets M12 x 1 · Housing materials: PA 6.6 / socket housing: stainless steel
316L / 1.4404 / screws: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / O-Ring : NBR
E70188
PAAS splitter box · Distribution of the AS-i voltage or the external 24 V supply · Housing materials: PA / screws: stainless steel 316L /
1.4404 / sealing: NBR
E70200
FC insulation displacement connector · Socket M12 - AS-i flat cable · Housing materials: PA 6-GF-FR / brass nickel-plated AC5005
FC insulation displacement connector · Distribution of the AS-i voltage and the external 24 V supply to M12 socket · 1 m · Housing
materials: housing: PA 6 GF35 Grivory / Socket: PUR
E70481
223

Accessories Safety at Work
no.
AS-i Safety at Work · ASIMON programming software · Version 3.0 · Configuration, set-up and diagnostics of the AS-i safety
monitor
E7040S
Connection cable PC / AS-i safety monitor · Parameter setting cable PC / AS-i safety monitor · Western connector RJ 45 8 poles / D-
Sub socket 9 poles · 2.5 m
E7001S
Accessories lower parts and addressing units
no.
AS-i addressing unit · AS-i version 3.0 with extended addressing mode AC1154
Addressing cable · for AS-i slaves · 1.6 m E70213
AS-i flat cable · reverse polarity protection due to special shape · for use in isolation displacement connector technology for FC lower
parts and compact modules
AC4000
AS-i flat cable · reverse polarity protection due to special shape · for use in isolation displacement connector technology for FC lower
parts and compact modules
AC4002
Flat cable seal · Housing materials: ULTRAMID / sealing: NBR · Pack quantity: 10 E70413
Accessories RFID
no.
ID tag · ID-TAG/M5x16.5/01 · M5 x 16.5 mm · Screw mounting · Housing materials: PA black (RAL 9005) E80301
ID tag · ID-TAG/TRIANGEL HOUSING/01 · with ID tag E80301 · Housing materials: PBT orange (RAL 2003) / PA black (RAL 9005) E80302
Angle bracket · Housing materials: stainless steel E80304
224

no.
ID tag · ID-TAG/M18x1/01 · M18 x 1 mm · Screw mounting · in metal · Housing materials: threaded sleeve: PBT orange E80311
ID tag · ID-TAG/D12x2/01 · Ø 12 x 2 mm · Housing materials: PPS black E80312
ID tag · ID-TAG/D20x2.15/01 · Ø 20 x 2.15 mm · Housing materials: polycarbonate black E80317
ID tag · ID-TAG/ISO-Card/01 · 54 x 86 x 1 mm · Housing materials: PVC white E80320
RFID Handheld Reader USB · suitable for use in PCs or notebooks · 125 kHz · 1.8 m · Housing materials: PS E80321
ID tag · ID-TAG/D26x4/01 · Ø 26 x 4 mm · Housing materials: PA High Temperature E80322
RFID Handheld Reader CF Card · suitable for use in handheld PCs, pocket PCs or PDAs with CompactFlash interface · 125 kHz E80323
Mounting bracket · with integrated snap-on rail · for type IDC · Housing materials: stainless steel E10730
225

1
85
124
138
LED
62
4
68
57
2
4
107
97
86
124
131
LED
62
LED
3
4
107
97
86
124
131
LED
62
LED
4
1
2
4
107
97
86
124
131
62
1: LED, 2: DeviceNet interface
5
106,293
135,5
128,2
6
4
109
98
49
124
131
LED
1
1: Jumper
226

7
113
118,5
134
120
8
4
107
96
73
124
131
LED
Jumper
9
113
118,5
134
120
10
4
107
96
91
124
131
Jumper
LED
11
105
35,5
25
114
LEDs
1
1: Addressing socket
12
2
105
35,5
25
108
1
1: Addressing socket, 2: LED
13
227

14
15
4530
80
16
44
83
90
LEDM12x1
17
M12x1
43,6
80137,3 36
64,9
8,2
2
18
M12x1 LED
18
M12x1
43,6
80137,3 36
64,9
8,2
2
18
M12x1 LED
19
M12x1
43,6
80137,3 36
64,9
8,2
2
18
M12x1
20
M12x1
43,6
80137,3 36
64,9
8,2
2
18
M12x1 LED
21
80
20
6
35
66
31
9,6
5,3
45
7 7
77
228

22
80
82,5
33
6
35
66
45
9,6
5,3
31
7 7
77
23
2
4
0
1
0
1
91
108
85
1
50
40
24
26
35
LED
M12x1
M12x1
40
55
LEDLED
60
13 12
1: sensor 1, 2: sensor 2
25
120
35,5
45
104
LED
26
45
105,9
120
35,5
102
82,6
91,2
27
105
35,5
25
108
LEDs
1
1: Addressing socket
28
45,5
49,4
80
111
229

29
25
80
45
LEDM12x1
30
90
LED
M12x1
1
80
44
1: fixture infrared adapter
31
58,5
66,5
UUUU
93,5
56
105
M12x1
72
80
32
40
M12x1
40
66
17
34
LED
46
61
30
20
5,4
10
5,4
6
8,5
33
33
M18x1
55 10
M12x1
90,5
LED 8 x 45°
79
4
24
34
LED 4 x 90°
69
39
M30x1,5
5
67
80
36
M12x1
15
35
5
2
41
4,517
56
17
4,2
5,5
M12x1
24
55
70
LED
2
1
53,5
1: integrated antenna , 2: tag positioning mark (middle of the anten-
na)
230

36
40
66
40
54
M12x1
30
30
2
2
1
46
46
5,5
5,529,5
37
92
80
40
7,565
65
5,5
9,3
M12x1
112
40
LED
171
20
231

Identification systems
232

233
Multicode reading systems
Wiring diagrams
234 - 235
236 - 238
238
239
RF-identification systems
240 - 241
242
245 - 246

Orientation-independent identification
of 1D and 2D codes.
Very small housing for flexible use.
Simple, menu-guided parameter setting.
Integrated lighting.
High reading reliability even with
soiled / damaged codes.
Multicode reader
The ECC200 Data Matrix code is becoming more and more popular throughout
industry alongside familiar barcodes. In this code lots of information can be stored
in a very small space and read using the compact multicode reader. The industrially
compatible mounting and wiring technology as well as the standardised process
interfaces RS-232, Ethernet TCP/IP and EtherNet/IP enable easy and quick integra-
tion into the industrial control technology. Applications can be found in many
different industrial areas: from the product tracking and production control to pro-
duct identification.
Orientation-independent reading
Independent of the orientation and the number of codes, the high-performance
algorithms automatically decode 1D or 2D codes. The optimisation parameters of
the codes and functions of the multicode reader undergo continuous development
and are made available as upgrades.
Code comparison in the sensor
Complex application programming is no longer necessary due to adjustable,
selective code identification and comparison in the sensor. This allows a defined
number of characters within a code to be checked and signalled via the switching
output if they match.
Reliable identification of 1D and 2D codes
In addition to the automatic exposure setting, manual adjustment is also possible.
So optimum results are achieved even with highly reflective metal surfaces. For
evaluation of the code quality parameter, ISO / IEC 15415 or 16022 can be used.
The Data Matrix code
The Data Matrix code is a two-dimensional code containing much more information
with the same structure size than codes such as bar codes or stacked codes. Several
thousand characters can be stored in one code.
An important feature of the Data Matrix code is the high reading reliability. If the
code is soiled or damaged, the intelligent system can completely recompose the
information from different segments again. The Data Matrix code can be structured
differently and is variable in shape and size. The size can cover 1 x 1 mm to
100 x 100 mm.
Lose no time: The
multicode reader can
be configured in a
few minutes and is
then ready for use.
Only five guided steps
are necessary for the
multicode reader to
be ready for opera-
tion. Whether printed
on paper, graved by
laser or dot-peened
on metal: Reliable
detection of the code,
independent of the
sensor orientation.
234

Multicode reader 236
Illumination units 236
Software 236 - 237
Fixing components 237 - 238
Protective panes and diffusers 238
Connection technology 238
Wiring diagrams 238
235

Multicode reader
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Max.
field of
view size
[mm]
Type
of light
LED
Motion speed
int. / ext. lighting
[m/s]
Process
interface
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Multicode Reader, M12 plug, 8 poles M12 socket, 4 poles · Connector groups 4, 5
60 x 42 x 53.5 68 x 50 red light 3 / 5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
1 O2I100
60 x 42 x 53.5 140 x 100 red light 3 / 5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
1 O2I102
60 x 42 x 59 400 x 300 red light 3 / 5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
2 O2I104
60 x 42 x 53.5 68 x 50 infrared 3 / 5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
1 O2I101
60 x 42 x 53.5 140 x 100 infrared 3 / 5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
1 O2I103
60 x 42 x 59 400 x 300 infrared 3 / 5
Ethernet TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP, RS-232
2 O2I105
Illumination units
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Type
of light
Active
illuminated
area
[mm]
I0
normal light
intensity
[mA]
I0
high light
intensity
[mA]
Trigger Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · metal · DC · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
42 x 42 x 31 red – 180 90
IEC61131-1
3 O2D909
Software
connections
Order
no.
Operating software · O2I · for multicode reader · Create and manage application-specific configurations
Monitor mode for set-up and service Service reports for statistical evaluations
– E2I200
Multicode reader OPC server · Software · German/English 25 E2I210
236

connections
Order
no.
Fixing components
no.
stainless steel
E2D110
stainless steel
E2D112
clamp · Ø 12 mm; M10 · free-standing M10 · Housing materials: clamp: stainless steel E20946
clamp · Ø 14 mm; M12 · free-standing M12 · Housing materials: clamp: stainless steel E20948
mounting rod · Ø 12 · Length: 200 mm · straight · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21112
mounting rod · Ø 12 · Length: 300 mm · straight · Housing materials: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 E21113
237

no.
Connection piece · Ø 20 mm · for the connection of two clamps with Ø 20 mm · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 E21076
Protective panes and diffusers
no.
Plastic diffuser · O2D / O2I · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA E21165
Plastic protective pane for the food industry · O2D / O2I · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA E21166
Glass protective pane · O2D / O2I · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: float glass E21168
Laser protection pane plastic · O2D / O2I · Housing materials: housing: diecast zinc black / lens: PMMA / filter: polycarbonate E21169
Connection technology
no.
Jumper · straight / straight · Ethernet · Patch cable · 2 m · Housing materials: PUR / PC E12090
Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
1
4
2
3
1: Trigger, 2: Operating mode
“high light intensity”
238

1
M12x1
2
19
M12x1
53,54,3
20,5
44
19,7
33
145
24,5
42
57
80
60
21
9,5
7
3
2
M12x1
2
19
M12x1
42
57
80
60
21
9,5
7
3 59
4,3
20,5
49,5
25,2
38,5
1
45
24,5
3
31
4,3
14
30
LED
24M12x1
54
LED
42
239

Industrially compatible RFID solutions
in 125 kHz or UHF technology.
Connection via AS-Interface (125 kHz)
or Ethernet (UHF).
All components integrated into
industrially compatible housings.
High reading reliability even under
difficult operating conditions.
Easy to mount and set up.
The constant increase of the degree of automation in modern production plants is
increasingly supported by identification systems. Their tasks include, for example,
the control or release of production steps or the assignment of information about
each product in logistics.
Operating principle
The RFID system generates an electromagnetic field for reading and writing data.
The electromagnetic field emitted by the antenna induces voltage in the passive
ID tag. The activated ID tag (transponder) transmits the code to the fieldbus inter-
face via the evaluation electronics.
125 kHz system with AS-Interface
ifm electronic supplies the first RFID system for AS-Interface (AS-i) worldwide. It
allows reading and writing of code carriers (ID tags), benefiting from the advan-
tages of AS-i.
Up to 31 read / write heads can be connected to one AS-i master. Antenna,
electronics and AS-i interface are integrated in a compact housing. Voltage is
supplied via AS-i. No additional operating voltage required.
The typical ranges of the 125 kHz system are some centimetres.
UHF system with Ethernet
As components of the UHF system platform, the read / write units DTE800 for
Europe and DTE900 for the USA are compliant with 865-870 MHz and
902-928 MHz respectively. The data transmission and parameter setting are carried
out via Ethernet. The ultra-low and low-range antennas are distinguished by the
near field. In order to achieve a high selectivity, the smallest possible designs are
used as they manage short reading ranges.
Due to its smaller dimensions the mid-range antenna is chosen for applications in
the near / far field with reading ranges of up to 2 m.
The wide-range antenna have been developed for applications in the far field where
reading ranges of up to 7 m are required.
The ID tag provides
flexibility for different
types of installation.
The ID tag is mounted
to tanks or workpiece
carriers – in the tag
fixture or alternatively
by direct mounting
using an M5 grub
screw.
240

RFID systems 242
ID tags 242 - 243
Handheld readers 243
Fixing components 243
RFID systems 243
RFID systems 244
ID tags 244
RFID systems 244 - 245
241

RFID systems
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Travel speed
read / write
[m/s]
Process
interface
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Connector group 3
55 x 24 x 41 read: ≤ 0.5 (distance to the ID tag 15 mm) write: only static AS-i 1 DTA100
55 x 24 x 41 read: ≤ 0.5 (distance to the ID tag 15 mm) AS-i 1 DTA101
ID tags
no.
ID tag · ID-TAG/M5x16.5/01 · M5 x 16.5 mm · Screw mounting · Housing materials: PA black (RAL 9005) E80301
ID tag · ID-TAG/TRIANGEL HOUSING/01 · with ID tag E80301 · Housing materials: PBT orange (RAL 2003) / PA black (RAL 9005) E80302
ID tag · ID-TAG/M18x1/01 · M18 x 1 mm · Screw mounting · in metal · Housing materials: threaded sleeve: PBT orange E80311
ID tag · ID-TAG/D12x2/01 · Ø 12 x 2 mm · Housing materials: PPS black E80312
242

no.
ID tag · ID-TAG/D26x4/01 · Ø 26 x 4 mm · Housing materials: PA High Temperature E80322
ID tag · ID-TAG/ISO-Card/01 · 54 x 86 x 1 mm · Housing materials: PVC white E80320
Handheld readers
no.
RFID Handheld Reader USB · suitable for use in PCs or notebooks · 125 kHz · 1.8 m · Housing materials: PS E80321
RFID Handheld Reader CF Card · suitable for use in handheld PCs, pocket PCs or PDAs with CompactFlash interface · 125 kHz E80323
Fixing components
no.
Angle bracket · Housing materials: stainless steel E80304
Mounting set · Clamp mounting · aluminium profile · for type OC · Housing materials: fixture: stainless steel 316Ti / 1.4571 / clamp:
diecast zinc / Cube: diecast zinc
E20901
RFID systems
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Operating
frequency
[MHz]
Trans-
mission
power
[mW ERP]
Number
of antenna
inputs
Process
interface
Output Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Connector group 3
233.5 x 270 x 68 865-868 (ETSI) 2000 4 Ethernet TCP/IP
2 external digital inputs and 2
outputs through M12
connector
4 DTE800
233.5 x 270 x 68
(FCC)
2000 4 Ethernet TCP/IP
2 external digital inputs and 2
outputs through M12
connector
4 DTE900
243

RFID systems
Type Dimensions
[mm]
Operating
frequency
[MHz]
Antenna
gain
[cBic]
Max.
input power
[mW]
Protection Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
TNC socket
63 x 28 x 90 865...928 -30 1000 IP 67 5 ANT805
63 x 28 x 90 865...870 -15 500 IP 67 5 ANT810
126 x 37 x 156 865...870 4 – IP 67 6 ANT820
271 x 270 x 42 865...870 8.5 – IP 67 7 ANT830
63 x 28 x 90 902...928 (FCC) -15 500 IP 67 5 ANT910
271 x 270 x 42 902...928 (FCC) 8.3 – IP 65 7 ANT930
ID tags
no.
ID tag · ID-TAG/D50x3.3/04 · Ø 50 x 3.3 mm · Housing materials: PA 6 E80350
ID tag · ID-TAG/D55x13/04 · Ø 55 x 13 mm · Housing materials: PA 6 E80351
RFID systems
no.
Jumper · straight / straight · For RFID antenna · 3 m E80330
Jumper · straight / straight · For RFID antenna · 6 m E80331
244

no.
Clamp · For RFID antenna · Housing materials: fixture: steel sheet galvanised / screws: stainless steel / Fixing strap: stainless steel E80340
1
5
2
41
4,517
56 17
4,2
5,5
M12x1
24
55
70
LED
2
1
53,5
1: integrated antenna , 2: tag positioning mark (middle of the anten-
na)
2
40
66
40
54
M12x1
30
30
2
2
1
46
46
5,5
5,529,5
3
92
80
40
7,565
65
5,5
9,3
M12x1
112
40
LED
171
20
4
68
270 55
233,2
5
90
30
63
79,5
12
28
76
4,2
1: TNC socket
6
156
138
126
80
37
15
148
4,2
1: TNC socket
245

7
270 42
271
236
122 9
1: TNC socket
246

Controllers, I/O modules, displays
and sensors for mobile applications.
Compact and extremely robust design.
Extensive range of accessories for
installation and diagnostics.
CAN interface with CANopen protocol.
e1 type approval of the German
Federal Office for Motor Traffic.
Control technology for mobile applications
Life today cannot be imagined without electronics in modern motor vehicles and
mobile machines. Many necessary and convenient functions could not be
implemented without electronic support. In contrast to electronics in consumer
goods and “normal” industrial applications such as packaging machines and con-
veyors the requirements for components for mobile applications are much higher.
Electronic requirements
The components need to be carefully selected, mainly because of the extreme
mechanical stress caused by impacts and shocks and the use at extreme operating
temperatures. The direct influence of dirt, humidity and water often cannot be
excluded in field applications. Therefore a high protection rating and a special
selection of the materials are required for the devices.
In addition to mechanical and environmental influences, electrical interference
affecting the whole system as well as individual devices, have to be taken into
account. A wide supply voltage range and well-adapted protective measures ensure
safe operation of the devices even in case of large voltage fluctuations by the
battery / generator system. Strong conducted or radiated interference must not
influence the function either.
For device networking the CAN bus has become the successful standard in the last
few years. Whereas for the high volume production of passenger cars special,
optimised and well-adapted protocols are used, the CANopen protocol has become
indispensable in mobile machines. Manufacturer and industry-specific protocols,
such as diagnostic engine data according to SAE J 1939, can be coupled to the
machine process via gateways.
Extreme shock and
vibration: Reliable
function of the sensi-
tive electronics must
be guaranteed under
harsh operating
conditions as well.
Especially when
several machine parts
are interconnected
CAN offers decisive
advantages.
Control systems
for mobile vehicles
248

Electronic pressure sensors for mobile applications 250 - 251
Connection technology for control systems 251
Common accessories 251
Accessories for sensors for mobile applications 251 - 252
Wiring diagrams 252
Control systems
for mobile vehicles
249

Electronic pressure sensors for mobile applications
Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 4...20 mA analogue · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group 3
M12 connector · Output function 4...20 mA analogue · Wiring diagram no. 1 · Connector group —
M12 connector · Output function 0...10 V analogue · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group —
Control systems
for mobile vehicles
250

Type Process
connection
Display
LED
Measuring
range
[bar]
Poverload
max. [bar]
Pbursting
min. [bar]
Ub
DC
[V]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
M12 connector · Output function 0...10 V analogue · Wiring diagram no. 2 · Connector group —
Connection technology for control systems
no.
Jumper · straight / straight · Ethernet · Cross-over patch cable · 2 m · Housing materials: PUR EC2080
Jumper · straight / straight · Ethernet · gold-plated contacts · 10 m · Housing materials: TPU E21137
Common accessories
no.
Protective cap · M12 · for M12 sockets of ClassicLine modules, CompactLine modules and AirBoxes · Housing materials: PA black E73004
Accessories for sensors for mobile applications
no.
Programming/ display unit · for EPS and IO-Link sensors · Connector · Housing materials: stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 / PC copolymer
/ PBT / FPM
PP2001
Control systems
for mobile vehicles
251

no.
Wiring diagrams
1
L+
L
1
2
2
L+
L
1
3
2
1
75
M12x1
30
30
27
1,3
21,5
14
G 41
2
75
M12x1
30
30
27
1,3
21,5
14
G 41
Control systems
for mobile vehicles
252

3
77,5
M12x1
30
30
27
1,3
21,5
16,5
G 41
4
22
1
51,2
12
G
1 4/
65,1
M12x1
22
1: sealing FPM / DIN 3869-14, tightening torque 25 Nm
Control systems
for mobile vehicles
253

International approval package and
wide-range input for worldwide use.
Partly adjustable output voltage.
Power reserves to cover temporary
overload or supply failure.
Output short-circuit, overload, and
no-load protected.
State signalled via DC-ok output.
Power supplies
Transformer power supplies provide a low voltage, normally 24 V DC. A transformer
according to DIN 0551 ensures a safe electrical separation from mains voltage and
low voltage. The output voltage can be regulated (± 5 %) or smoothed by means of
capacitors. The different designs and output powers allow adaptation to diverse
operating conditions.
Switched-mode power supplies
Primary switched-mode power supplies are a compact and economical solution to
supply sensors and actuators. As opposed to conventional transformer power
supplies with regulated output voltage primary switched-mode power supplies need
no heavy transformers so that there are fewer iron and copper losses. They are
therefore distinguished by a very high degree of efficiency of up to 92 %. Due to
the operating principle by means of high frequency transformers switched-mode
power supplies are much smaller and lighter than transformer power supplies with
identical power. Nevertheless they guarantee an electrical separation. Furthermore,
they offer a wide input voltage range as standard, e.g. 340 to 576 V AC. This
makes them fit for worldwide use.
ifm switched-mode power supplies have a regulated output voltage of typ. 24 V DC
with a tolerance of ± 2 %. Apart from few exceptions the output voltage can be set
between 24 V and 28 V to compensate for example for a voltage drop on long
cables. Between no load and full load they ensure a stable supply voltage and thus
operational reliability in case of supply voltage fluctuations.
Power reserves
Mains fluctuations up to ± 15 % and mains interference are compensated for. Even
mains voltage dips of a few milliseconds are compensated for, the output voltage is
completely maintained. An active inrush
current limitation reduces the inrush current via a fixed resistor which is bridged
after start up.
The outputs are protected against short circuits and overload.
Suitable for the
application: ifm
provides power
supplies in different
power classes.
Power supplies
254

Power supplies / switching amplifiers with 2 inputs and 2 outputs 256
Switched-mode power supplies, single phase, new BasicLine design in a compact plastic housing 256
Standard switched-mode power supplies, single phase 256
Standard switched-mode power supplies, three phases 257
Power supplies
255

Power supplies / switching amplifiers with 2 inputs and 2 outputs
Type Current
[mA]
Output voltage
[V]
Nominal voltage
[V]
Output Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
max. 300 24 V DC ± 3 % 110...240 AC / -15 / +10
2 relays (1 changeover contact
per channel)
1 DN0200
Switched-mode power supplies, single phase, new BasicLine design in a compact
plastic housing
Type Current
[A]
Output voltage
[V]
Nominal voltage
[V]
Mains
buffering time
[ms]
Efficiency
typ.
[%]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
1.25 24...28 100...240 AC 120 (230 V AC; 24 V DC; 1.25 A) 84 2 DN1030
2.5 24...28 100...240 AC 90 (230 V AC; 24 V DC; 2.5 A) 88 2 DN1031
Standard switched-mode power supplies, single phase
Type Current
[A]
Output voltage
[V]
Nominal voltage
[V]
Mains
buffering time
[ms]
Efficiency
typ.
[%]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
3 12...15 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC > 20 87 3 DN2021
4 24 DC (+5% / -1%) 115 / 230 AC > 37 90 4 DN2112
4.1 24...28 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC > 40 (230 V AC; 24 V DC / 4.1 A) 90 5 DN1022
10 24...28 DC (±2%) 115 / 230 AC > 20 90 6 DN2013
20 24...28 DC (±2%) 230 AC > 20 91 7 DN2014
20 24...28 DC, ±2% 115 / 230 AC 15 / 30 90 7 DN2114
Power supplies
256

Standard switched-mode power supplies, three phases
Type Current
[A]
Output voltage
[V]
Nominal voltage
[V]
Mains
buffering time
[ms]
Efficiency
typ.
[%]
Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
5 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC > 16 89 8 DN2032
10 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC > 24 90 9 DN2033
20 24...28 DC (±2%)
3 x 400...500 AC;
±15%
> 11 92 10 DN2134
40 24...28 DC (±2%) 3 x 400...500 AC > 15 92.5 11 DN2035
1
22,5
78
L+ L– I1
L N I2
12 14 11
2221 24
35,5
120
1
2
45 100
90
LED
1: with pot.
3
89
4
107
12449
LED
131
4
124
64
LED
131
89
4
107
Power supplies
257

5
35,5
10773
75
83
LED
pot.
1
1: jumper “single/parallel operation”
6
89
4
107
124
120
131
LED
7
124
220
131
LED
227
89
4
107
8
124
73
LED
131
4
122
103
9
4
121
110
90
124
131
3
2
1
6
5
4
1: LED red, 2: reset push button, 3: jumper “overload performance”,
4: jumper “single/parallel operation”, 5: with pot., 6: LED green
10
4
127
108
124
150 131
157
LED
Power supplies
258

11
89
4
107
124
275
131
282
LED
Power supplies
259

Complete product range: sockets,
plugs, jumper cables, splitter boxes.
Various cable materials for
High-quality materials for
maximum reliability.
“ecolink” series with innovative
quality features.
Integrated LEDs for easy diagnosis.
With a wide variety of different sensor designs ifm electronic offers a wide range of
high quality connectors. The choice of types covers common M8, M12, M18 types
through to valve plugs. The “ecolink” connectors (order no. EVxxxx) offer addi-
tional quality features.
ecolink - a new dimension in connection technology
Due to the special installation of a mechanical end stop the O-ring is always
correctly compressed and so permanently maintains its sealing function. The con-
nector remains securely positioned on the unit even in case of extreme vibration
and impacts. Novel design and a transparent black housing ensure that even in
bright lighting conditions the LEDs are more clearly visible than with the clear
transparent versions.
For industrial applications:
High-quality materials suited to the requirements in industrial environments. Largely
resistant to oils, greases and coolants.
For hygienic and wet areas:
PVC housing and cable, gold-plated contacts and high-grade stainless steel nuts are
the optimum choice for long life.
For hazardous areas
Connection technology for ATEX categories 2D, 3D and 3G. With the EC type
examination certificate for components from DEKRA EXAM the connection tech-
nology meets the strictest requirements.
For welding applications
Halogen-free PUR cables prevent burning-in of weld spatter; teflon-coated coupling
nuts prevent weld spatter sticking. The cables are also suited for drag chains and
torsional movements.
For sensors in robust applications:
The saw tooth contoured vibration protection secures against strong shocks and
vibrations. The high protection rating, wide temperature range and high-quality
housing materials (high-grade stainless steel, TPU) ensure permanent safe con-
nection in harsh environments.
Black, transparent
housing for optimum
LED visibility.
Maximum operational
reliability due to the
new vibration protec-
tion with end stop.
260

M8 sockets for industrial applications 262
RD24 sockets for industrial applications 264
M12 cable plugs for industrial applications 264 - 265
M8 socket - M12 plug jumpers for industrial applications 265
M12 - M12 jumpers for industrial applications 266 - 267
Valve - plug jumpers for industrial applications 267
Splitter boxes for industrial applications 267 - 268
Splitter boxes for hygienic and wet areas 269
Connectors for hygienic and wet areas 269
Jumpers for hygienic and wet areas 270
Connectors for hazardous areas 271
261

M8 sockets for industrial applications
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 1 · Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire · Wiring diagram no. 1
2 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 1 EVC141
5 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 1 EVC142
10 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 1 EVC143
2 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 2 EVC144
5 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 2 EVC145
10 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 2 EVC146
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 3 EVC150
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 3 EVC151
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 3 EVC152
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 4 EVC153
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 4 EVC154
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 3.7 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 4 EVC155
262

Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 3 · Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 4-wire · Wiring diagram no. 2
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 5 EVC004
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 5 EVC005
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 5 EVC006
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 6 EVC001
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 6 EVC002
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 6 EVC003
Group 4 · socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire, for temperature sensors TR 8... · Wiring diagram no. 3
2 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 6.2 mm
PUR /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 IP 67 – 7 E11231
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 6.2 mm
PUR /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
2 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 6.2 mm
PUR /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 6.2 mm
PUR /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2 TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2 TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
263

Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 6 · Socket M18, 4-pole · Wiring diagram no. 5
wirable ...0.75 mm2 (Ø 6...8 mm) PA
AC/DC
wirable ...0.75 mm2 (Ø 6...8 mm)
PA /
ULTRAMID
AC/DC
RD24 sockets for industrial applications
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 7 · socket Rd24, 6-pole + PE · Wiring diagram no. 6
wirable ...2.5 mm2 (Ø 10...12 mm) PBT
250 AC
300 DC
PBT /
PA
250 AC
300 DC
M12 cable plugs for industrial applications
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 8 · Cable plug M12, 4-pole, 4-wire · Wiring diagram no. 7
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 13 EVC076
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 13 EVC077
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 13 EVC078
Group 9 · Cable plug M12, 4-pole · Wiring diagram no. 8
PA /
brass
250 AC/DC -guatda.com/cmx.p25...85 IP 68 – 14 E11505
264

Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 9 · Cable plug M12, 4-pole · Wiring diagram no. 8
PA /
brass
250 AC/DC -guatda.com/cmx.p25...85 IP 68 – 15 E11504
M8 socket - M12 plug jumpers for industrial applications
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 10 · Jumper , plug: M12, 3-pole, socket: M8, 3-pole, 3-wire · Wiring diagram no. 9
0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 16 EVC230
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 16 EVC231
1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 16 EVC232
0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 17 EVC215
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 17 EVC216
1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 17 EVC217
0.3 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 18 EVC240
0.6 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 18 EVC241
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
50 AC
60 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 18 EVC242
265

M12 - M12 jumpers for industrial applications
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 19 EVC045
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 19 EVC046
1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 19 EVC047
0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 20 EVC040
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 20 EVC041
1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 20 EVC042
0.3 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 21 EVC015
0.6 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 21 EVC016
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 21 EVC017
0.3 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 22 EVC010
0.6 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 22 EVC011
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 22 EVC012
0.3 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 23 EVC025
266

Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
0.6 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 23 EVC026
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 23 EVC027
0.3 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 24 EVC030
0.6 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 24 EVC031
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 24 EVC032
Valve - plug jumpers for industrial applications
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 14 · Jumper , plug: M12, 3-pole, valve plug: Housing A, 4-pole, 3-wire, LED · Wiring diagram no. 11
0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2, Ø 5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC -guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 IP 67 yellow 25 E11416
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2, Ø 5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC -guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 IP 67 yellow 25 E11417
Splitter boxes for industrial applications
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 15 · M12 splitter box for 1 signal
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x 1 mm2,
Ø 7.5 mm
PA 10...30 DC -guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 IP 67
green /
4 x yellow
26 EBC015
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x 1 mm2,
Ø 7.5 mm
green /
4 x yellow
26 EBC027
267

Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 16 · M12 splitter box for 1 signal · Wiring diagram no. 14
5 m black
PUR cable
6 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x 1 mm2,
Ø 7.8 mm
green /
6 x yellow
27 EBC019
10 m black
PUR cable
6 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x 1 mm2,
Ø 7.8 mm
green /
6 x yellow
27 EBC031
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
0.75 mm2, Ø 8.2 mm
green /
8 x yellow
28 EBC023
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
0.75 mm2, Ø 8.2 mm
green /
8 x yellow
28 EBC035
Group 18 · M12 splitter box for 2 signals · Wiring diagram no. 12
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
1.0 mm2, Ø 8.2 mm
PA
60 AC
75 DC
-guatda.com/cmx.p25...80 IP 67 – 29 EBC014
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
1.0 mm2, Ø 8.2 mm
PA
60 AC
75 DC
Group 19 · M12 splitter box for 2 signals · Wiring diagram no. 16
5 m black
PUR cable
12 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
1.0 mm2, Ø 8.8 mm
PA
60 AC
75 DC
10 m black
PUR cable
12 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
1.0 mm2, Ø 8.8 mm
PA
60 AC
75 DC
5 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
0.75 mm2, Ø 9.7 mm
PA
60 AC
75 DC
10 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.34 mm2 + 3 x
0.75 mm2, Ø 9.7 mm
PA
60 AC
75 DC
268

Splitter boxes for hygienic and wet areas
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 21 · splitter box M12 · Wiring diagram no. 18
10 m black
PUR / PVC cable
3 x 0.75 mm2 + 16 x
0.34 mm2, Ø 11 mm
high-grade
stainless steel
10...36 DC -guatda.com/cmx.p5...70 IP 69K
green /
16 x yellow
32 E11775
Connectors for hygienic and wet areas
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
2 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 33 EVT067
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 33 EVT004
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 33 EVT005
2 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 34 EVT064
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 34 EVT001
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 34 EVT002
5 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 5.1 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
30 AC
36 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 33 EVT013
10 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 5.1 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
30 AC
36 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 33 EVT014
5 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 5.1 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
30 AC
36 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 34 EVT010
10 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 5.1 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
30 AC
36 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 34 EVT011
269

Jumpers for hygienic and wet areas
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
Group 24 · Jumper , plug: M12, 4-pole, socket: M12, 5/4-pole, 4-wire · Wiring diagram no. 10
0.3 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 35 EVT046
0.6 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 35 EVT047
1 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 35 EVT048
2 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 35 EVT049
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 35 EVT050
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 35 EVT051
0.3 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 36 EVT040
0.6 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 36 EVT041
1 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 36 EVT042
2 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 36 EVT043
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 36 EVT044
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
PVC /
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
250 AC
300 DC
IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
– 36 EVT045
270

Connectors for hazardous areas
Type Cable Wire
specification
Material
housing/
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-
tection
LEDs Draw-
ing
no.
Order
no.
2 m blue
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
...30 DC -guatda.com/cmx.p25...90 IP 67 – 5 ENC04A
5 m blue
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10 m blue
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
2 m blue
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
5 m blue
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10 m blue
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
Core colours
BK black
BN brown
BU blue
WH white
GY grey
PK pink
OG orange
VT lilac
GN green
RD red
YE yellow
GN/YE green/yellow
Wiring diagrams
1
1
3
BN
BU
4 BK
2
1
2
3
4
BN
WH
BU
BK
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
1
BK
GY
PK
VT
OG
WH
BU
BN
4
1
2
3
4
WH
BN
GN
YE
5 GY
6 PK
7 BU
8 RD
5
1
2
3
4
6
4
5
6
2
3
1
7
1
2
3
4
BN
WH
BU
BK
8
1
2
3
4
9
1
3
4
1
3
4
271

Wiring diagrams
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
4 4
11
1
2
YE
4
3
5
12
GY/PK
RD/BU
WH/GN
BN/GN
WH
BU
GN/YE
BN
2 (1)
2 (2)
2 (3)
2 (4)
4 (1)
3 (1...4)
GN
YE
GY
4 (2)
4 (3)
4 (4)
13
1
2
3
4
5
BN
WH
BU
BK
GY
14
BN
WH
GN/YE
GN
GN
4 (1)
4 (2)
4 (3)
4 (4)
YE
YE
GY
4 (5)
4 (6)
PK
RD
+
-
BU 3 (1...6)
15
WH
GN
GN
4 (1)
4 (2)
4 (3)
4 (4)
YE
YE
GY
+
-
BU
BN
4 (5)
4 (6)
PK
RD
4 (7)
4 (8)
BK
VT
5 (1...8)GN/YE
16
GY/PK
RD/BU
WH/GN
BN/GN
WH
BU
GN/YE
BN
2 (1)
2 (2)
2 (3)
2 (4)
4 (1)
WH/YE
YE/BN
2 (5)
2 (6)
GN
YE
GY
PK
RD
4 (2)
4 (3)
4 (4)
4 (5)
4 (6)
17
GY/PK
RD/BU
WH/GN
BN/GN
WH
BU
GN/YE
BN
2 (1)
2 (2)
2 (3)
2 (4)
4 (1)
WH/YE
YE/BN
2 (5)
2 (6)
WH/GY
GY/BN
2 (7)
2 (8)
GN
YE
GY
PK
RD
4 (2)
4 (3)
4 (4)
4 (5)
4 (6)
BK
VT
4 (7)
4 (8)
272

Wiring diagrams
18
GN
4 (1)
2 (1)
4 (2)
2 (2)
YE
4 (3)
2 (3)
4 (4)
2 (4)
+
-
4 (5)
2 (5)
4 (6)
2 (6)
4 (7)
2 (7)
4 (8)
2 (8)
PK
WH/YE
RD
YE/BN
BK
WH/GY
VT
GY/BN
BN
WH
GN/YE
GY/PK
GN
RD/BU
YE
WH/GN
GY
BN/GN
BU
1
9
10 31
M8x1 1
4
3
2
9
10 19
M8x1
25,5
1
4
3
3
9
10 31
M8x1
4
3
2
1
4
9
10 19
M8x1
25,5
4
3
2
1
5
15,5
M12x1
36,5
26,5
14 3
1 2
4
5
6
15,5
M12x1 45
14
3
1 2
4
5
273

7
15 38
M12x1
28
10,5
4
1 2
6
5
37
8
8
15
M12x1
43
4
1 2
6
5
37
8
9
25
M18x1
36
21
43
21
3
1 4
2
10
25
M18x1
56
3
1 4
2
11
29
Rd 24
71
4
1 6
3
52
12
29
Rd 24
38,5
20
59
26
4
1 6
3
52
13
15,5
M12x1 49,5
14
43
2 1
14
42
18
15
20
M12x1
31
43
2 1
15
5220
M12x1
43
2 1
16
M8x110
25,5L
9
19
49,5
14
M12x1
4
1
3 1
4
3
17
L
9
49,5
14
M12x1
M8x1
10
31
4
1
3 1
4
3
18
L
9
49,5
14
M12x1
M8x1
10
31
43
2 1 4
3
2
1
274

19
49,5
14
L
15,5
M12x1
M12x1
26,5
14
36,5
15,5
4
1
3 3
1 2
4
5
20
49,5
14
15,5
M12x1
45
14
L
15,5
M12x1
4
1
3 3
1 2
4
5
21
49,5
14
L
15,5
M12x1
M12x1
26,5
14
36,5
15,5
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
5
22
49,5
14
15,5
M12x1
45
14
L
15,5
M12x1
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
5
23
15,5
M12x1
45
14
L
M12x1
30,5
14
36,5
15,5
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
5
24
L
M12x1
26,5
14
36,5
15,5M12x1
30,5
14
36,5
15,5
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
5
25
L 17,5 29,5
29,5
M12x1
47
LED
M 3
28,5
43
5 2 1
26
1 2
43
PWR
18
22
4,773
118,2
34
554,5
28,5
39
7,5
60
M12x1
3
1 2
4
5
27
1 2
4
6
3
5
PWR
18
22
4,773
125
34
554,5
28,5
39
7,5
60
M12x1
3
1 2
4
5
275

28
1 2
4
6
8
3
5
7
PWR
18
22
4,773
152
34
554,5
28,5
39
7,5
60
M12x1 3
1 2
4
5
29
1 2
43
18
22
4,773
118,2
34
554,5
28,5
39
7,5
60
M12x1
3
1 2
4
5
30
1 2
4
6
3
5
18
22
4,773
125
34
554,5
28,5
39
7,5
60
M12x1
3
1 2
4
5
31
1 2
4
6
8
3
5
7
18
22
4,773
152
34
554,5
28,5
39
7,5
60
M12x1 3
1 2
4
5
32
2
34
72
36
64,9
8,2
18
137,3
M12x1
LED
3
1 2
4
5
33
15,5
M12x1
36,5
26,5
14 3
1 2
4
5
34
15,5
45
14
M12x1
3
1 2
4
5
276

35
L49
14
15,5
M12x1
M12x1
36,5
15,5
26,5
14
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
36
L
15,5
M12x1
49
14
45
15,5
M12x1 14
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
277
Tel: +44 (0)191 490 1547
Fax: +44 (0)191 477 5371
Email: northernsales@thorneandderrick.co.uk
Website: www.heattracing.co.uk
www.thorneanderrick.co.uk

ifm Flow Meters and Sensors - 2012 Brochure

More Related Content

What's hot (8)

Viewers also liked (8)

Similar to ifm Flow Meters and Sensors - 2012 Brochure (20)

More from Thorne & Derrick UK (20)

Recently uploaded (20)

ifm Flow Meters and Sensors - 2012 Brochure